Home

FujiFilm 16390952 Digital Camera User Manual

Contents

1. Audio control sWitches cccecccccsecccssssccssessssscsscsssssssssssssseessesssscssssessssseesees SRS air Bags eaer erreira ararasan aS o R E SE EEE EERE E RENEE PEERAA EEES Cruise control switches c ccceccecccsecccssscsssccssescsssssessssssecsssssscsessesscesseuseessseseeses Information display cccceccscessceseseseeseceseseseseeeeeseseeeeeeseseseseseeeeeeseseeeeeeseaeeeeas Climate control system sips cen he E ihe ae Ridden eed Hazard warning flasher switch Audio SySteim seve sis e eis cese tac aT page 6 17 GIOVE DOK snn aa iain nie ee a es page 6 147 D Accessory Socket oiran os HE SR ee page 6 150 AT Shift lever ss 32 2 ctteiciontail a E ss page 5 10 D Seat warmer SWitches serein ini a a E ETEN E EEEE ERA ERER ReiS page 2 17 Rear window defroster switch cccccccccccesceseeseeseeseeseeeessesecsecseeseeseesseseeeeeeseeens page 5 69 3 Hood release handle cccccesseseessssessesseseeseeseeseeseneeeecseesecsecseeseeseeseesseeeeasaeees page 3 46 COI DOK esse hsv sete ele lated Tee E ae es ee page 6 147 Q Navigation system if equipped cccecesseseeeeseeeeteeees Refer to the separate manual The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C D Ovethead lp Misses E re SRS air bags eceee
2. warning to the seat belt warning function Vehicle speed If the driver s seat belt is not fastened Condition Between0 20 20 km h when the ignition switch is turned to the km h 12 mph or ON position the warning light beep ay MOIE operates to give you further reminders are Ololx xlololx x according to the chart below eer eat be Vehicle speed Passenger O X O x x O x iti Between 0 20 20 km h age lae ls Conditi Indicat amp ae apc ondition km h 12 mph or ndicator FA aS AE E 0 12 mph more Beep Dl DISD Seat belt O x O x O Fastened X Unfastened Indicat Me ees 4 A Illuminated Beep D amp Flashing Beep Fastened Placing heavy items on the front X Unfastened amp Illuminated passenger seat may cause the front 3 Flashing passenger seat belt warning function to lt gt Beep operate depending on the weight of the Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed 5 50 item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat
3. Y Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Inspect every 160 000 km 100 000 miles Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km 150 000 miles Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months Engine oil Others R R R R IRI R RIRIRI_RIRIR Engine oil filter R R IR R IRIR RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM FL22 Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after type that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM l Puerto Rico C R C R Air filter Others C R C Fuel lines and hoses Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM USA Replace every 96 000 km 60 000 miles Spark plugs a Others Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights II I 8 6 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months x1000 km x1000 miles Maintenance
4. 6 60 With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system When listening to the radio or SIRIUS digital satellite radio Pull up or press down the seek switch the radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Pull up or press down the seek switch for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not When playing a CD Pull up the seek switch to skip to the next track Press down the seek switch to repeat the current track Pull up or press down and hold the seek switch to continuously switch the tracks up or down V Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is turned off LOCK with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system OD SS amp Interior Comfort Audio System AUX Mode Auxiliary input You can connect portable audio units or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers H i Auxiliary jack A WARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while dri
5. No Name No Name RETURN button IPLAY button MENU button 2 Slow playback button ENTER Select button K POWER button D STOP button KE SOURCE button PAUSE button Picture adjust mode button Fast forward button 6 Picture adjust button O Rewind button a SET UP button PREVIOUS Track down button Number keys NEXT Track up button 9 DISPLAY MODE button DISPLAY button 6 74 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V Headphone Power button Volume dial Power indicator L left side R right side Infrared receiver 6 75 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Before Operation V Display Opening Closing A CAUTION gt Close the display while the Rear Entertainment System is not in use If the display is left open a passenger could be injured by hitting the display or the display could be damaged gt Do not press the monitor screen while opening the display It may cause a malfunction Opening the display Press the monitor screen release knob and open the display until it is in the lock position Monitor screen ie release knob Closing the display Close and press the display until a clicking sound can be heard 6 76 NOTE If the display is closed while the power is on it automatically turns off e The display locks in two positions when opened to 100 or 120 degrees V Disc Insertion Ejection A CAUTION If
6. Bolt tightening torque 6 9 11 8 0 7 1 2 5 1 8 7 N m kgfm ft lbf Fog lights 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the screws counterclockwise and remove them 3 Turn the screws and the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then remove the mudguard Removal Installation Bo A 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used e Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Side turn signal lights ws Brake lights Taillights Rear combination light side High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced
7. Power Outlet The power outlet is positioned as shown in the figure For more details refer to Auxiliary terminals and power outlet page 6 101 Some models 6 151 6 152 In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency cscsscccsssssssscsssssssesssssssseesssssecseres 7 2 Parking in an Emergency ccceseeesscseeseceeeeeeseeseeseeecereneesesees 7 2 Flat TIPE soc dcssassstdeserovensseseeabeecosstvobenteceavoseatesssezesetensacosenseseatenestonss 7 3 Spare Tire and Tool Storage 0 eeeecssseeesesseeeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 3 Changing a Flat Tire diedan i a a A A 7 8 Overheating csscccscssccrssssccrsssscsssssssssssssssssscsseessscsessssessesees 7 14 Overheating iir neni n Hated Rahat irs es Me oe eA 7 14 Emergency Starting cccscsssssscssscsscsssrsscsssssssssscesessssseenes 7 16 Jump Staring n n r a rE 7 16 Push Startii geninan E cated eae 7 18 Emergency Towing sscccscscssssssssssccssssssessssssssssssescsesssssenss Towing Description tisrin eion he aie hs Tiedown HOOKS es iscicesescevescests estes cosas eevencutereives desea ceneveusboectentis Recreational Towing 7 1 In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your
8. With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Confirmation prompts 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on returning to main menu V Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quite a place as possible page 6 118 The registration must be performed completely The required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below When voice recognition learning is done for the first time 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6
9. 9 41 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada AWARNING Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 42 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150
10. NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 15 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the device 16 Input the 4 digit pairing code set in Step 9 to the device 17 Prompt Please say the name of the device after the beep 18 Say Beep XXXX Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Example Stan s device 6 121 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE Speak a programmed device tag within 10 seconds If more than two devices are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar device tag 19 Prompt Adding XXXXXxX Ex Stan s device Device tag Is this correct 20 Say Beep Yes 21 Prompt Pairing complete After a device is registered the system automatically identifies the device By activating Bluetooth Hands Free again or by activating Bluetooth Hands Free first after turning the ignition switch from the LOCK to the ACC position the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag is connected NOTE With the navigation system Device registration can also be done by operating the panel buttons on the navigation unit Refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM V Making a Call Using a Telephone Number 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Dial
11. To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish e Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing 8 54 e Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth e Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle e Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained e Don t use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives A CAUTION gt Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint gt To prevent damaging the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Don t allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean
12. 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback During MP3 CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds 6 49 Interior Comfort Audio System CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display Each time the display button DISP is pressed during playback the display will switch in the following order Music CD Track number Elapsed time 4 File name 4 Album name 4 Artist name 6 50 MP3 CD File number Elapsed time display 4 Folder number Track number 4 File name 4 Folder name 4 Album name ID3 Tag 4 Song name ID3 Tag 4 Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE MP3 CD This unit can only read English including numerals one byte characters Depending on the CD writing software used proper display may not be possible Display scroll Only 8 characters File name or 12 characters Except file name can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title turn the display feed dial TEXT to the right Hidden titles can be scrolled into the display one
13. Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Vv ABS Warning Light ws The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery 5 46 V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheel
14. If you are out of the operational range before the doors and the liftgate are completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that all doors and the liftgate are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle e Auto re lock function After unlocking doors and the liftgate by pressing the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door or the liftgate is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pushed V Starting the Engine Ignition switch positions As there is no a traditional key some of the ignition switch functions are different Start knob LOCK Released The steering wheel locks to help protect against theft Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System LOCK Depressed The ignition switch can be turned to the ACC position when the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster E AWARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always put the key or start knob to LOCK position set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P It is important to place the key or start knob in the LOCK position even if
15. NOTE Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System e Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 31 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Shift into Park P and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack tool and spare tire page 7 3 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place V Removing a Flat Tire 1 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but don t remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off the ground 2 Place the jack under the jacking position closest to the tire being changed on BW Ha j Jacking position Jacking positi WQ D p a 4 ce N N In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the front
16. OFF nar zD0Z Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off Switch Position OFF D Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination NOTE e If the light switch is left on the lights will automatically switch off if equipped approximately 30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them 5 60 Type B ith AUTO position Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off Switch Position OFF z002 D AUTO Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Auto Side marker Off On On lights Dashboard illumination NOTE If the light switch is left on the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them AUTO Auto light control When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automati
17. The front seats are electrically heated The ignition switch must be in the ON position Press the switch to turn the seat warmer on or off When the switch is in the ON position the indicator light will come on aN Some models 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE N WARNING Use the seat warmer when the engine is gt Be careful when using the seat running and do not continue to use it for a warmer The heat from the seat long period of time warmer may be too hot for some The temperature of the seat warmer cannot be people as indicated below and adjusted beyond High and Low because the aet cause a low temperature seat warmer is controlled by a thermostat urn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are drunk gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine gt Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in the vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become
18. The system is disarmed when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about three seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE e If the security indicator light illuminates and stays on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the engine will not start e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you will not be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
19. e 9 27 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the diagram below 1 Temporary tires 2 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 3 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 4 Diagonal 5 Rim diameter code 6 Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA U5 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 28 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada 70 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating de
20. step 2 Do not repeat step 1 If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Programming steps 6 8 to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 6 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer NOTE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 8 8 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code equipped device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 YV Gate operator Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or q
21. 12 mph more Seat belt O x O x Indicator A x Beep P O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated Flashing 2 Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Driver seated Front passenger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driver O O X xX O O X xX Seat belt Passenger O X O X O xX O x Indicator AlA xl Beep DIDID O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated Flashing e Beep Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference
22. Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 22 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A UTQGS MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 23 Customer
23. Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 Hold the board and fasten the strap to its original position Head Restraints Head restraints are intended to help protect you and the passengers from neck injury AWARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Height adjustment To raise a head restraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger s ears never the passenger s neck to prevent injury Front seat A Second Row seat Third Row seat Second Row center seat Removal Installation To remove the head restraint pull it up while pressing the stop catch To install the head restraint press the uprights into the holes while pressing the stop catch A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints set up when seats are being used and make sure they are properly set up Driving with the head restraints not set up is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Essential Safety Equipment Seats
24. NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures e After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires loose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve
25. NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 11 in this booklet 9 44 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 45 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they don t have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999
26. Press the selector Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B For instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed 5 39 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for 1 second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile YW Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm ES E we 4 a D3 ae 2 x1000r min I a 1 75 Red zone 8y Se CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE
27. This may cause severe engine damage 5 40 VY Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant If the needle is near H it indicates overheating A CAUTION Driving with an overheated engine can cause serious engine damage page 7 14 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition switch is in the ON position We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full When the low fuel warning light illuminates or when the needle is near E refuel as soon as possible Low fuel o warning light NOTE e After refueling it may require some time for the needle to stabilize In addition the needle may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The direction of the arrow lt m shows next to the low fuel warning light indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle Dashboard Illumination Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard NOTE The brightness of dashboard illuminations can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in the 3002 or O position When the dashboard illumination brightness cannot be adjusted any more a beep sound will be heard Black out meter The brightness of the instrumen
28. To change to the previous folder press the folder down button V or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan This feature helps to find a program by playing about the first 10 seconds of each track Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Interior Comfort Audio System During MP3 CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed
29. Type B With AUTO position MIST Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down AUTO Auto control LO Low speed HI High speed For a single wiping cycle press the lever up to MIST MIST Mist 5 65 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls AUTO Auto wiper control When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wiper on or off automatically off intermittent low speed high speed The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever From the center position normal turn the switch towards for higher sensitivity faster response or turn the switch towards for less sensitivity slower response Higher sensitivity E gt E Center Switch position Less sensitivity 5 66 CAUTION gt Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly Rain sensor gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object gt If the rain sensor is struck with a hand or other obj
30. Vanity mirror lights Headlights High beam Fog lights High mount brake light Luggage compartment light WZ License plate lights Courtesy lights Front side marker lights Front turn signal lights Headlights Low beam Taillights Reverse lights Rear turn signal lights L Rear side marker lights Brake lights Taillights Some models 8 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance AWARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Replacing Exterior Light
31. Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 23 Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended One or both front air bags may deploy and the corresponding pretensioner s may also deploy at the same time Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners will only function once While it is safer to use a post crash a seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt at all using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy Additionally the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not modify the component
32. When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate 2 33 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats and towards the buckle on the right if the child is seated on the center seat Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age and more so with a supplemental restraint system air bags A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated The front passenger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other child restraint systems To reduce the chance of injuries caused
33. e The emission control system has a problem 5 48 If the powertrain malfunction reduced power warning light remains on do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light o PS If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Low Fuel Warning Light m 2 Low fuel i warning light z This warning light in the fuel gauge signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible V Check Fuel Cap Warning Light S Th
34. operation from the rear seats is not possible Airflow amount and the mode for the rear cannot be changed by operating the mode selector switch of the front control panel Airflow amount and the mode are automatically changed according to the temperature control dial Airflow amount automatically changes according to the fan control dial of the front control panel Operation from rear seats 1 2 Turn the front air conditioning on Turn the REAR CONTROL switch on in the front control panel indicator light illuminated REAR CONTROL NOTE CONTROL ON illuminates in the REAR CONTROL panel 6 16 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 2 Cold Hot NOTE The airflow mode may change depending on the set temperature 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired position 5 xv Slow Fast Y AM FM Radio Antenna The rear window antenna receives both AM and FM signals Rear window antenna A CAUTION When washing the inside rear window use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the antenna V Satellite Radio Antenna The satellite radio antenna receives SIRIUS signals Satellite radio antenna SS 7 Interior Comfort Audio System Operating Tips for Audio System A WARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the
35. the procedure proceeds to Step 5 If No the procedure proceeds to Step 14 14 Prompt Returning to main menu Making calls using the phonebook Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance For the phonebook setting method refer to page 6 127 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing V Redialing Function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Vv Emergency Calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 using the voice input command 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 Prompt Dialing 911 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Refusing an Incoming Call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call page 6 122 Vv Mute The microphon
36. 1 After tires have been changed turn the ignition switch to the ON position then turn it back to the ACC or LOCK position 2 Wait for about 15 minutes 5 31 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 After about 15 minutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels A CAUTION gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replaced When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible e The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the new one
37. 6 105 Sound output ccc eeeeseeeeees 6 82 Rear Window Defroster 006 5 69 Rear Window Washer 06 5 68 Rear Window Wipet ceceee 5 68 Rearview MiIrror ccsceesceseeteeeees 3 59 Recreational Towing ceeee 7 22 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign COUnTEY ernes A RE 9 17 Rocking the Vehicle ceeeeeee 4 9 Roll OVv ra 2 2 4 8 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 44 S Seat Belt System 3 point type oo eeeeeeceeseeseeteeteees 2 23 Automatic locking ee 2 22 Belt minder 0 eeeeseseeeeeereeees 2 32 Center rear lap shoulder 2 27 Emergency locking 6 2 21 Extender nrun taceeiiates kia 2 31 Pregnant women eseeeeeeees 2 21 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 25 Seat belt precautions 2 19 Warning light beep ee 2 32 Seats Front seat Electrically operated seats 2 5 Front seat Manually operated seats 2 2 Seat Warmer oseese 2 17 Second row seats n se 2 10 Third row seat ceeseeseseeeees 2 15 Second Row Seats 0 0 cesses 2 10 Security System Immobilizer system without advanced key 3 53 Immobilizer system with advanced key e 3 50 Theft deterrent system 3 55 Service Publications ccceceee 9 46 Shopping Bag Hook 000 6 148 Side Extension Sunvisots 6 137
38. 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION QUEBEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND HOR 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 6390 9 7 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER V STEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on
39. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended One or both front air bags may deploy and the corresponding pretensioner s may also deploy at the same time Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners will only function once While it is safer to use a post crash a seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt at all using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy Additionally the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once ina collision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt 2 20 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the se
40. AWARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off gt Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes gt Do not tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine ex
41. Beep Setup 3 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Passcode is disabled returning to main menu Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s device Is this correct When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s device NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone
42. Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating 5 15 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system 5 16 Some models All Wheel Drive AWD Operation AWD provides excellent driveability on snow covered and ice packed roads sand and mud as well as on steep slopes and other slippery surfaces Vv AWD Driving A WARNING Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers when driving this vehicle Sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous as it could result in the increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle roll over personal injury or death This vehicle has a higher center of gravity Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and AWD vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility
43. Engine Compartment Overview 8 18 Engine Coolant Overheating ceeeeeeceereteee 7 14 Engine Coolant Temperature GPE ane eaan En e 5 40 Exhaust Gas sssesseseseseesesssssssesessessseses 4 4 Exterior Care viii csssecgetaatessrsesusceoees 8 54 F Flasher Hazard warming s s s 5 70 Headlights 0 0 ccceeseseeseeseeees 5 60 Blab Tiresa neen a ai as 7 3 Chan ping nsien ip 7 8 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 F Fluids Classification eceseesesenees 10 4 Owner maintenance 8 16 Fog Lights te 3 02 eho ti nena 5 64 TOME 3508 sacaddeastiiags cheered eactietelace 5 64 Foot Brake ic 02 tc dante nes 5 5 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats 2 5 Front Seats Manually Operated Seats 0 2 2 Fuel Filler lid and cap eee 3 44 GaSe sss ca n an 5 41 Requirements Gasoline engine 4 2 Tank capacity 0 ceeeeeeeseeeeee 10 5 PUSES noie ae 2 aude eE i Sanaa 8 44 Panel description cee 8 47 Replacement cceseeceseeeees 8 44 G Glove BOX ipii nn 6 147 H Hazard Warning Flasher 5 70 Hazardous Driving eceeeeeeeee 4 7 Headlights Control svsisccseest niai 5 60 Flashing 2 vescossceveresvecsrtenerennsss 5 62 High low beam eeeseeees 5 62 Leveling is sccsnee davies ative the 5 62 On reminder 0 00 eeseeeceereeees 5 62 HomeLink Wireless Control Syste Miia o ien a nate iaie 5 71 Hood Rele
44. Israel Montserrat 2218 Italy Morocco 2200 Jamaica Mozambique 2225 Japan Myanmar Burma 2212 Jordan Namibia 2300 Kazakstan Nauru 2317 Kenya KE 2004 Nepal 2315 Kiribati KI 2008 Netherlands 2311 Netherlands Antilles 1013 Sane ee AN Ke ae New Caledonia 2302 Korea South Republic of KR 2017 New Zealand 2325 Kuwait KW 2022 Nicaragua 2308 Kyrgyzstan KG 2006 Niger 2304 6 108 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code Country Code Nigeria NG 2306 South Africa ZA 3500 Niue NU 2320 South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands GS 1618 Norfolk Island NF 2305 Northern Mariana Islands MP 2215 Spain ES 1418 Norway NO 2314 Sri Lanka LK 2110 Oman OM 2412 Sudan SD 2803 Pakistan PK 2510 Suriname SR 2817 Palau PW 2522 Svalbard and Jan Mayen sJ 2809 Palestinian Territo lene Occupied me PS 2518 Swaziland SZ 2825 Panama PA 2500 Sweden SE 2804 Papua New Guinea PG 2506 Switzerland CH 1207 Paraguay PY 2524 Syrian Arab Republic SY 2824 Peru PE 2504 Taiwan Province of China TW 2922 Philippines PH 2507 Tajikistan TJ 2909 Pitcairn PN 2513 Tanzania United Republic TZ 2925 Poland PL 2511 Thailand TH 2907 Portugal PT 2519 Togo TG 2906 Puerto Rico PR 2517 Tokelau TK 2910 Qatar QA 2600 Tonga TO 2914
45. Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems and attach the corresponding tether anchor Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not install a front facing child restraint
46. Make sure the battery is installed with the correct pole facing upward Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR2025 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire or water gt Never deform or crush The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low The KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds after the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed The system s operational range is reduced Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent damage to the advanced key If replacing the battery by yourself follow the instruction below Replacing the advanced key batter 1 Pull out the auxiliary key 2 Release the cap using a small flathead screwdriver then rotate and remove the cap A CAUTION Do not
47. Rear turn signal lights Rear side marker light 1 Turn the bolts counterclockwise and remove them Some models 8 41 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Pull the unit rearward to remove it 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Rear turn signal light Rear side maker 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 42 Taillights Liftgate side Reverse lights 1 Remove the cover 2 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 3 Disconnect the bulb from the socket Q Reverse light Taillight 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer License plate lights 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with a flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out CAA ae oners est A DS ao l 9 Y Z gt 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Center Rear Luggage compartment light Courtesy lights Vanity mirror lights 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefull
48. discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e e Vv Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com e e This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMSs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played e ISO 9660 level 1 e ISO 9660 level 2 e Joliet extended format e Romeo extended format This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless to insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a b
49. e The same tire pressure sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced 5 32 e A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE The tire pressure sensor ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when changing lanes on roads and freeways The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear when the vehicle speed is about 32 km h 20 mph or more and notifies the driver of vehicles in the detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated the system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound ee ee ee ee ee GA aen Detection areas A WARNING Do not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulder before
50. excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It may damage the seat surface and the heater Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts Seating Position Types of seat belt Driver side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor Front seat Passenger side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode retractor Second row seat Third row seat 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user but it will lock in position during a collision Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2 21 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode retractor In addition to the emergency locking mode function this belt has retractors that operate in another mode the automatic locking mode for the child restraint system Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2 22 Refer to Installing Child Restraint Systems on page 2 38 We recommend you pu
51. front wheels from rotating AWARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transaxle gt Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transaxle R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 9 N Neutral In N the wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury A CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the
52. including numerals one byte characters Depending on the CD writing software used proper display may not be possible Display scroll Only 8 characters File name or 12 characters Except file name can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title turn the display feed dial TEXT to the right Hidden titles can be scrolled into the display one character at a time NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed 6 55 Interior Comfort Audio System Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack You can connect portable audio units or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers refer to Auxiliary Input page 6 61 6 56 YW Error Indications Interior Comfort Audio System If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer CD is defective Indication Cause Solution Insert the CD properly If the error indication CD i
53. page 5 63 When operating the hazard warning lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 70 NOTE If an indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out 5 58 Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute After that the one minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible V Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of tim
54. pressing the lock button while any other door or the liftgate is open Also the hazard warning lights will not flash and the horn will not sound e If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 25 e Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Transmitter Lock button Unlock button Panic button NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows and the moonroof but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the followin
55. supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg 93 Ibs could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet gt Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom gt The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far gt Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg 66 Ibs and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg 93 Ibs 2 65 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approxi
56. system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Security System Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 55 NOTE The theft deterrent system operates with the advanced keyless function keyless entry system or the auxiliary key The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure all windows are completely closed and all doors and the liftgate are locked before leaving the vehicle Remember to take your advanced key V Operation e Forcing open a door the hood or the liftgate e Opening a door or the hood by operating an inside door lock knob or the hood release handle What it does e The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash e The alarm continues for about 30 seconds then stops If the system is triggered aga
57. the playback starts from the first chapter DVD video track video CD audio CD DVD audio or MP3 WMA CD when the PLAY button is pressed Pausing the playback Press the PAUSE button to pause the playback Press the PAUSE or PLAY button to resume the playback Fast forward Reverse Fast forward Image and sound is fast forwarded while the FWD button bP is pressed Reverse Image and sound is reversed while the REW button lt lt is pressed Slow playback DVD video and video CD Press the SLOW button to slow the playback Press the SLOW or PLAY button to return to normal playback speed NOTE e Slow playback is not available for audio CD DVD audio and MP3 WMA CD The unit is muted while in slow playback Skipping the chapter track Chapter DVD video or track video CD DVD audio audio CD and MP3 WMA CD can be skipped changed Fast forward skip Press the NEXT button PPI to skip to the next chapter track Reverse skip Press the PREV button k to return to the beginning of the current chapter track NOTE To return to the beginning of the previous chapter track press the PREV button 4 again within 2 seconds after the button is pressed Skipping to desired chapter track The playback can be started from the desired chapter DVD video track video CD DVD audio and audio CD by entering the chapter track number 1 Enter the chapter track number using the number ke
58. the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is installed improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Second Row Outboard Seats 1 Slide the second row seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors For rear left seat NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged 2 46 5 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to prop
59. vehicle Doing so can cause transaxle damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the shift lever Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 12 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transaxle shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This optimizes engine performance and improves driving comfort When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after exiting the curve If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the selector lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When this occurs AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transaxle is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality Y Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depress
60. 1 NON RPF NOF RND RNF ALL 1 ALL Repeats all tracks 1 Repeats the current track RPF Repeats all tracks in the current group NOF Stops playback after all tracks in the current group are played RND Randomly selects and plays a track from all tracks RNF Randomly selects and plays a track from the current group 2 During video CD and audio CD Each time the button is pressed the mode changes in the order of 1 NON RND ALL 1 ALL Repeats all tracks Returns to the beginning of the disc after all tracks are played 1 Repeats the current track NON Stops playback after all tracks in the disc are played RND Randomly plays a track 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu NOTE The function menu is displayed during audio CD playback and it cannot be canceled by pressing the DISPLAY button during playback V Assist Functions MP3 WMA CD Folders and files The order of MP3 WMA file playback is as follows e A folder number is assigned to each folder on a disc 6 93 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e For example the folder numbers for folders 1 3 and 5 in the figure are not displayed because they do not contain MP3 WMaA files e Folders and files in a hierarchy are played in the order that they are recorded on the disc by the writing software e Up to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can be played e The loading tim
61. 118 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 6 133 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 4 Press the talk button Short press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button Short press Voice recognition re learning If voice recognition learning has already been done 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disable Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Retrain 5 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to
62. 1234 Phone number registration Is this correct 16 Say Beep Yes 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the procedure proceeds to Step 20 20 Prompt Returning to main menu Import contact Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered to your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Import contact 5 Prompt Ready to receive a contact from the phone 6 Device Mobile phone operation Select one entry from the phonebook and send it using Bluetooth 7 Prompt X Number of locations which include data numbers have been imported What name would you like to use for these numbers 6 124 8 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 9 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Voice tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Number saved Would you like to import another contact 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes
63. 13 e The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system from a distance Lock Unlock Panic Liftgate button e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate Opening closing the power liftgate e Opening the power windows and the moonroof Operating the theft deterrent system e Turning on the alarm e Locking unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment NOTE The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 50 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 55 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and
64. 30 seconds A door or the liftgate is opened e The auxiliary key inserted into the ignition switch with advanced key The start knob is pushed with advanced key To Turn off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e Insert the key into the ignition switch and turn it to the ON position e With advanced key e Press a request switch or the unlock button on the transmitter e Turn the start knob to the ON position The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off VY To Stop an Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door or the liftgate with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e With advanced key e Press a request switch e Press the unlock button on the transmitter NOTE If you have any problem with the theft deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove compartment Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window Knowing Your Mazda Security System 3 57 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust t
65. 6 41 Interior Comfort Audio System e The long name is displayed first and 3 seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed e Ifthere are more than 8 characters in the category name it is possible to display the remaining part of the category name one character at a time each time the display feed dial is rotated one increment clockwise e While the short name is displayed turning the display feed dial switches the display to the long name e Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to display the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears e If there is no category name No CATEGORY is displayed Artist name display e When the display button is pressed while in category name display mode it changes to the artist name display mode e Ifthere are more than 8 characters in the artist s name it is possible to display the remaining part of the artist name one character at a time each time the display feed dial is rotated one increment clockwise e Three seconds after scrolling the artist name the display automatically return to display the first part of the artist s name e If there is no artist s name No ARTIST is displayed Song title display e When the display button is pressed while in artist name display mode it changes to the song title display mode 6 42 e If
66. 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 43 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov
67. 95 003B 09 2009 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 003B 09 2009 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 009G 09 2009 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 009G 09 2009 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 011C 09 U S A only 2009 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 011C 09 Canada only 2009 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 011C 09 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2009 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 95 MODL 09 2009 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS 9999 95 NAV2 09 U S A only 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC NAV2 09 Canada only 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR NAV2 09 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL Y WORKSHOP MANUAL Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis Y WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual Y SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 9 46 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications YV NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation system This is not a technician s manual 9 47 9 48 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers ssssssssssssssscsscccce
68. A i belt pretensioner ront passenger seat deactivation indicator light side air bags system Empty Not occupied OFF Deactivated Deactivated Less than approx 30 kg ON Deactivated Deactivated 66 lbs Approx 42 kg 93 Ibs or OFF Ready Ready more Ifthe front passenger seat belt is buckled the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this does not indicate a malfunction Curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident 2 64 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg 93 Ibs required for air bag deployment is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The front passenger will not have the
69. AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed 6 35 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Satellite Radio Instant replay button Band selector button Scan button Satellite button 3 DISC FOLDER Seek tuning Category Manual tuning dial Display Display feed dial buttons Electronic serial number button Channel preset buttons Information display All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display CONSUM AVCUREMNG E nuo SS DUAL ESM Ae eg DISCIN ST RPT RDM AUTO M OUTSIDE PASS TA ICY 1 FIT saat T A EEL aie Channel number Channel name Category name Artist name Song title ID code Preset channel number Bank number Error signs 6 36 Some models NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and If not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio co
70. Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration 7 18 Push Starting Do not push start your Mazda NOTE You can t start a vehicle with an automatic transaxle by pushing it Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle where all the wheels are connected to the drive train proper transporting of the vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid damaging the drive system Government and local laws must be followed As _ Gees p A HG OS Wheel dollies A towed 2WD vehicle should have its drive wheels front wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground release the parking brake A towed AWD vehicle must have all its wheels off the ground
71. Bulbs Replacing a headlight bulb High beam bulb 1 Make sure the ignition switch is turned off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 8 38 3 Turn the cover counterclockwise and N 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward Nn Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Low beam bulb Xenon fusion bulb You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Halogen bulbs 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Remove the attachment bolts and the coolant reservoir before replacing the light bulb Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Turn the cover counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connecto
72. Control Warranty U S A only e Emission Defect Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty California Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Control Warranty Canada only Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda e o o e o o Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States and Canada Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States its territories and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside these areas You may have these problems if you do e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in the United States its territories and Canada Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States Government regulations in
73. Fos G1 ar omte a ie 5 64 Windshield Wipers and Washer ccscesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 64 Rear Window Wiper and Washer c cceseeseeseeseeseeeteeneeees 5 68 Rear Window Defroster oo cececeseseeseeseeeeeesceeceeteeeseeneeses 5 69 Homa te per reece ee Rear A eer errr creer trees errors 5 70 Hazard Warning Flasher cccescesceeseeseeeseeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeaeeees 5 70 HomeLink Wireless Control System c eccsscssceeseseesteeeeeeees 5 71 Some models 5 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch Auxiliary key with advanced key NOTE When starting the engine using the advanced key refer to Starting the Engine page 3 9 When starting the engine with the auxiliary key perform the following procedure 1 Remove the auxiliary key from the advanced key page 3 16 2 Make sure the start knob is in LOCK position 3 Remove the start knob by pulling it outward while pressing the buttons on both the left and right sides 4 Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition switch YV Ignition Switch Positions nn RN ey advanced The steering wheel locks to protect against theft Only in this position can the key be removed A WARNING Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock You will lose steering control and a s
74. I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play I J l I L I Rear differential oil AWD I Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I All locks and hinges Te Be E EATE pE EA E ef EE Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 10 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your em
75. Ib Rear 77 1 456 kg 3 210 Ib 2 633 kg 5 805 Ib MAX GVWR 2 733 kg 6 025 1b Tongue load Trailer load x 100 10 to Oo ft 0 GUE LOAD 15 Trailer load DISTRIBUTION Front 60 OF TRAILER 3 LOAD Rear 40 GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating sum of TTW vehicle weights and 2 passengers GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 2WD 2 AWD 4 15 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing AWARNING Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing Load Table Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or vehicle damage or both Load your trailer with the weight about 60 toward the front and 40 toward the rear Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous Doing so could cause you to lose control The trailer tongue load must be 10 15 of the total trailer load sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue load is dangerous Trailer sway from crosswinds rough roads or other causes could result in loss of control and a serious accident A CAUTION The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighin
76. If automatic locking mode is not needed retract the seat belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode V Re attaching the seat belt after the middle row seatbacks are returned to their upright positions To re attach the center seat belt after the middle row seats are returned to their upright positions grasp the seat belt tongue A and insert it into the seat belt anchor buckle B until you hear a click sound It is now secure for passenger use NOTE After returning the left rear seatback to its upright position guide the shoulder portion of the belt correctly through the seat belt guide and fasten the lap portion of the belt Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat bel
77. In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A CAUTION Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transaxle A CAUTION Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment 7 19 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A WARNING Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four wheels off the ground Towing a AWD vehicle with either the front or rear wheels on the ground is dangerous as the drive train could be damaged or the vehicle could trail away from the tow truck and cause an accident If the drive train has been damaged transport the vehicle ona flat bed truck 7 20 Tiedown Hooks A CAUTION Don t use the tiedown hooks under the front and rear for towing They are designed ONLY for tying down the vehicle when it s being transported Using them for towing will damage the bumper YV Tiedown Hooks 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug wrench from the trunk page 7 3 Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the bumper and open the cap located on the front and rear bumper A CAUTION The cap cannot be completely removed Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wre
78. Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall VY Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the diagram below 1 TIN U S DOT tire identification number 2 Passenger car tire 3 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 4 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 5 Radial 6 Rim diameter code 7 Load index amp speed symbol 8 Severe snow conditions 9 Tire ply composition and materials used 10 Max load rating 9 24 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada 11 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 12 Max permissible inflation pressure 13 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example PR Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by
79. Interval CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD Driveshaft dust boots Bolts and nuts on chassis and body Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges LI LY LILILI LyILy LILyLyYI LyLe Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 7 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 2 3 4 5 Use FL2
80. Noise may occur during playback if the accessory socket equipped on the vehicle is used If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket 6 62 NOTE e Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack securely e Insert or remove the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole e Insert or remove the plug by holding its base To operate the portable audio unit 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the AUX button AUX of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to change to the AUX mode Audio Unit Audio Control Switches NOTE e Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the volume switch of the audio control switch e Ifthe connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION gt This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact
81. Note down the password so you don t forget it 6 99 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Mark Audio Aspect Please input a new 4 digit password B k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 3 Enter the new password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down 4 Press the ENTER button to set the new password Mark Audio Aspect This player change a 4 digit password OO00 To Menu RETURN 6 100 Mark The DVD video playback status and angle display on off and priority of the inserted discs can be set Lang Rating On Screen Mark On gt Off Mark Audio Aspect Angle Mark On gt Off Mode Priority gt MP3 Video CD On Screen Mark Select ON to display OFF not to display the DVD video playback status on the upper right corner of the screen When the screen display is on the following marks are displayed on the upper right corner of the screen in Disc mode Mark Condition p Playback R Stop Resume standby l Pause b gt Fast forward d Reverse Angle display The camera mark display when multi angle can be performed NOTE The display angle change is not available for discs other than multi angle recorded DVD discs Refer to the instruction manual accompanying the disc for details The screen size and angle can be changed when On Screen Mark and Angle Mark is off
82. Press the channel preset button for the desired CD number for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard 3 Pull out the CD Multiple ejection 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Press the CD eject button 4 again for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard NOTE If the button is not pressed and about 5 seconds have elapsed while DISC OUT is flashing CDs are automatically ejected 3 Pull out the CD then the next CD will be ejected NOTE e CDs will be ejected starting with the one with the lowest number All CDs in the tray will be ejected continuously CDs can be ejected when the ignition switch is off Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds and all CDs will eject Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high speed 6 53 Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the reverse button V to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button V once to skip back to the beginning of the current
83. Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 5 Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct 6 Say Beep Yes or No 7 When Yes is spoken the procedure proceeds to Step 8 When No is spoken the procedure returns to Step 3 8 Prompt Dialing Making calls using the phonebook 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing 6 126 Redialing function 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Swap call 3 Prompt Swapping calls Ending the current call Press the hang up button during the call V Three Way Call Function Initiate When two separate parties are estab
84. Qil aniis iieii E E EEE Engine Coolant jcc sistiecseerossssseeclevceees evens a Brake Fad essere csb ieee hes A RR Power Steering Fluid ce cceeseeseesceeneeeseeseceeeeeeeeeeeseeneensees Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF cccccccccsceessseeseeeseeenseees Washer Fluids ca 2 lt csoseelecdteateetscetuaseteatnsdesattadesterdile n ES Body Lubrication 7 3 20 sees bee hehe etia teed cette Ssh ee Wiper Blades 52 ie 2 0 cece teviieee et A a ties Mec eee FUSES ccs sf noose e eS LS EE ES Appearance Cafe cccsccsescsssssecssessscssssssessssssessesssessesseseess 8 52 How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage 8 52 Exterior Carece igu e ni eee eet cen Aes 8 54 WnterlOr Gatens iessen oee K EE ERSE E EENES 8 57 Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you re unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert a
85. Quality Lubricant Classification Engine oil Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8 19 Automatic transaxle fluid JWS3309 Transfer case oil API Service GL 5 SAE 75W 140 Rear differential oil API Service GL 5 SAE 80W 90 Power steering fluid ATF M II M V or equivalent e g Dexron II Brake fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 10 4 Specifications V Capacities Approximate Quantities Item Capacity With oil filter replacement 5 2 L 5 5 US qt 4 6 Imp qt Engine oil Without oil filter replacement 4 7 L 5 0 US qt 4 2 Imp qt Coolant With Towing Package 13 3 L 14 1 US qt 11 7 Imp qt oolan Without Towing Package 12 9 L 13 6 US qt 11 4 Imp qt Automatic transaxle fluid 7 0L 7 4 US qt 6 2 Imp qt Transfer case oil 0 532 L 0 562 US qt 0 468 Imp qt Rear differential oil 1 0 L 1 1 US qt 0 9 Imp qt Washer fluid 4 5 L 4 8 US qt 4 0 Imp qt Fuel tank Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges Dimensions 76 0 L 20 1 US gal 16 7 Imp gal Item Vehicle specification Overall length 5 074 mm 199 8 in Overall width 1 936 mm 76 2 in Overall height 1 728 mm 68 0 in Front tread 1 654 mm 65 1 in Rear tread 1 644 mm 64 7 in Wheelbase 2 875 mm 113 2 in V Weights Weight Item 2WD AWD GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2 645 kg 5 831 Ibs 2 744 kg
86. Reuni n RE 2704 Trinidad and Tobago TT 2919 Romania RO 2714 Tunisia TN 2913 Russian Federation RU 2720 Turkey TR 2917 Rwanda RW 2722 Turkmenistan TM 2912 Saint Helena SH 2807 Turks and Caicos Islands TC 2902 Saint Kitts and KN 2013 Tuvalu TV 2921 Saint Lucia LC 2102 Uganda UG 3006 Saint Pierre and Miquelon PM 2512 Ukraine UA 3000 Saint Vincent and the United Arab Emirates AE 1004 Grenadines YG 3192 United Kingdom GB 1601 Samoa WS 3218 United States US 3018 San Marino SM 2812 United States Minor Outlying UM 3012 Sao Tome and Principe ST 2819 Islands Saudi Arabia SA 2800 Uruguay px 3024 Senegal SN 2813 Uzbekistan UZ 3025 Seychelles SC 2802 Vanuatu VU 3120 Sierra Leone SL 2811 aian City State See Holy VA 3100 Singapore SG 2806 7 i Ta sio Slovakia Slovak Republic SK 2810 Tain N TE Slovenia SI 2808 a lt a a TT Solomon Islands SB 2801 r sane a 08 Somalia SO 2814 SET OOD 6 109 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 3205 Western Sahara EH 1407 Yemen YE 3404 Yugoslavia YU 3420 aa re Zambia ZM 3512 Zimbabwe ZW 3522 6 110 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Error Message V Message Disc mode error message Use of Non supported Disc An error message is displayed if a non supported DVD ROM disc a non supported disc format or a disc PAL other with a different image signal encoding is read DISC This type
87. SIRIUS operation All operations of the satellite radio are conducted by means of the audio unit SIRIUS radio mode selection When the satellite button is pressed during ACC ON it will play the last SIRIUS channel in use before the mode was switched over to another mode or the power was turned off When the satellite button is pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS mode the last channel in use will be received Every time the satellite button is pressed the bank changes in the order shown below SR1 gt SR2 gt SR3 NOTE SR1 SR2 and SR3 6 stations can be stored in each bank for convenient access to your favorite stations Operation in the initial state It may take some time to start up the equipment when it is in the initial state when there is a change in the user s subscription condition or when the SIRIUS channel map is changed UPDATING xx is displayed when the SIRIUS channel map is changed If the unit is initialized or the user contract content is changed UPDATING is displayed Updating could take as long as 3 minutes depending on the geographical area When the unit is in an initialized state channel 184 is displayed after the display indicates UPDATING 100 If the SIRIUS channel map or the user contract content is changed the channel prior to the change is displayed after UPDATING is displayed After the initialization display it may take as long as 12 seconds t
88. Spare Tire and Tool Storage 7 3 Specifications cccceeseeseeseeseeeees 10 4 Speedometer ccceecesseeseeseeeeeseees 5 39 Starting the Engine cece 5 4 Steering Wheel ce eeeeeeseeseeees 3 58 FOUN nrinig 5 70 S Storage Compartments c0 6 146 Armrest DOX ceceseeteeteteeees 6 147 Cargo securing loops 6 147 Cargo sub compartment 6 148 Center console eeeeeeeees 6 147 Coin FOX aeaea as 6 147 Glove DOX osssssessssseesssessesseseeseeee 6 147 Overhead console 06 6 146 Shopping bag hook 6 148 Sunshade te sre oeiras 3 49 SUDVISOIS ioin ea E aias 6 137 T Tachometer s sesseseeseserseeseseesserseeeee 5 40 Temporary Spare Tire eee 8 35 Theft Deterrent System 06 3 55 Third Row Seat eceseseeseeseeeees 2 15 Tiedown HoOk 3 8 pitt ornate 7 20 Tire Information ccceeseeeereeees 9 24 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 27 System error activation 5 31 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light seeen 5 29 Tires and wheels eseeee 5 31 Tires Plat Tire iane renna 7 3 Inflation pressure cceee 8 33 Replacement ccecceeceseeeees 8 34 Rotation cccceeceeseeeeeteeseeeteeees 8 34 Snow tires eeceeseeeeseeseeeeteeees 4 10 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Specifications 0 0 0 cece 10 6 Tire Cha
89. System NOTE To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 72 When the headphones are not in use turn them off DTS formatted sound cannot be generated through the headphones Use the vehicle s speakers e If there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headphone power is turned on or there is no signal reception the headphone power turns off automatically e Ifthe headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received the headphone power turns off automatically The acceptable range for signals infrared rays from the Rear Entertainment System is as follows Rear Entertainment System Wireless headphone signal infrared rays transmitter The signals infrared rays can be received in any location on the rear seats However the rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable range A wireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats however the sound may skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signals are blocked e When affected by intense light such as direct sunshine 6 83 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e When the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Entertainment System
90. Vv ILLM EFT OW 2 Vv TeHr 4 gt 24H L Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Depending on the model this function may not be available 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Standard audio equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right A L Select mode E A Z Z nA R Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear D I TREB tebe teble Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right EEEF OFF ON ILLM EFT oF ox 12H 24H 17Hr 42 4Hr Flashing Flashing Inte rior Comfort Audio System Bose Sound System equipped model Stereo mode Indication Turn Left Turn Right AudioPLT oF ON CenterPT Select mode BASS te bes T E E De gene treble treble Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right EEEF OFF ON ILLM EFT o ox 12H 24H LHe lt 4 gt 24Hr lashing Flashing 6 29 Interior Comfort Audio System 5 1 channel sound mode Indication Turn Left Turn Right AudioP PLT oF ON Surround ALL Rr Surround Select mode BASS me ba Decrease Increase T F E treble treble Automatic Level Control ALC Standard audio equipped model The automatic level cont
91. Y A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts P W a SS Button NOTE Ifa belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer To secure the outboard third row seat belts when not in use insert the belts into their seat belt retainers 2 24 VY Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if the seat belt touches your neck or if it crosses your arm instead of your shoulder To raise the shoulder belt adjuster push the adjuster up To lower the shoulder belt adjuster pull the adjuster and slide it down Make sure the adjuster is locked To raise To lower ee G A A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt
92. and backward 2 Make sure that the center rear seat belt is routed properly not under the head restraint and the seat belt guide is snapped to the head restraint Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury gt After entering exiting the third row seat area return the seatback to its upright position Otherwise it could move unexpectedly and cause injury Y Folding the Second Row Seats To create a flat luggage compartment space fold the seatbacks forward Folding the seatbacks 1 Unfasten the lap portion of the center rear seat belt page 2 29 and stow it into the ceiling recess page 2 29 A CAUTION Always unfasten the lap portion of the belt before folding the rear left seatback Leaving the lap portion of the belt fastened could cause damage to the seat belt buckle and seatback 2 Slide the seat all the way back toward the rear of the vehicle 3 Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 16 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seats 4 Pull the lever and fold the seatback Returning seatbacks to their original forward positions 1 Lift the seatback to its original position Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 Route the center
93. and the moonroof from closing release the request switch If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows and the moonroof close Fuel Filler Lid and Cap A WARNING When removing the fuel cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap 3 44 may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident A CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate VW Fuel Filler Lid To open pull the remote fuel filler lid release lid release V Fuel Filler Cap To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise To close the fuel filler cap turn it clockwise until two or more click sounds are heard Knowing Your Mazda Doors a
94. as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers To avoid damage to the advanced key DO NOT gt Drop the advanced key gt Get the advanced key wet gt Disassemble the advanced key gt Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight gt Place heavy objects on the advanced key gt Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner gt Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key NOTE Battery life is about one year Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine otherwise you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the battery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light red on page 5 54 If this occurs you will have to either force start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 18 e Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Advanced Key Maintenance A CAUTION gt
95. be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Window Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries 6 70 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Playable WMA file specification CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Specification Windows Media Audio Version7 0 22 05kHz 32 kbps i 32kHz 48 64 kbps Sampling frequency Bit rate 44 1kHz 48 64 80 96 128 160 192 256 320 kbps 48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbps VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Monaural WMA tag Title artist name album name WMA A CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction In a WMA file the track name artist name album name and category name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed on the monitor WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add th
96. been properly turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 55 Front passenger door liftgate request switch To unlock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE The request switch on the driver s door can be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the following pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 41 Opening Closing the Moonroof page 3 48 e Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are securely locked All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors and the liftgate are locked unlocked using the request switch If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off page 3 19 The setting can be changed so that the doors and the liftgate are locked automatically without pressing the request switch page 3 19 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when all doors and the liftgate are closed while the advanced key is being carried All doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 30 seconds
97. begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 6 Press the talk button Short press 6 134 7 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 8 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 9 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button Short press Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212 must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Phrase Command 1 0123456789 888 555 1212 Call Dial Setup Cancel Continue Help S uI MM B WwW dN NOTE The applicable phrase appears in the display After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete returning to ma
98. can still have an accident NOTE Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle However it does not indicate a malfunction Y ABS Warning Light The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is
99. change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE If an indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Fog Lights Use this switch to turn on the fog lights They help you to see as well as to be seen To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 0 position The headlight switch must be in the 2D position to turn on the fog lights Fog light switch To turn them off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the 200 or OFF position NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam With auto light control If the fog light switch is in the ON position and the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the fog lights will be turned on when the headlights the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are automatically turned on 5 64 Some models Windshield Wipers and AWTS IT a The ignition switch must be in the ON position A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with an
100. changing lanes The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings but is not a complete substitute The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes and other maneuvers Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is traveling and the vehicle s surroundings NOTE e The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km h 20 mph e The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper page 5 36 The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer The radar sensors do not detect human animal or static objects such as fences In addition the system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position The system resumes automatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position Some models 5 33 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations The BSM system may not operate properly under the following conditions e Ice snow or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow or under conditions where water is sprayed The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material such as stickers or a bicycle carrier The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle espe
101. checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale gt Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfun
102. continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible When flashing e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position e The advanced key battery is dead e The advanced key is not within operational range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle It will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle NOTE The flashing KEY warning light red and the beep sound operate simultaneously page 3 20 KEY Indicator Light Green When illuminated When the start knob is pushed in from the LOCK po
103. cursor to the playback mode by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Change the display mode by operating the select button up or down Display Playback mode ALL All files are played repeatedly 1 The current file is played repeatedly NON All files are played once and the playback stops All files in the current folder are RPF played repeatedly Files in the current folder are NOF played once and the playback stops RND All files are played randomly RNF Files in the current folder are played randomly NOTE If RND or RNF is selected during a playlist playback files on the playlist are played randomly Refer to Playlist File Playback on page 6 95 Selection file While in FOLDER display mode 1 Move the cursor to the folder file information display window by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Move the cursor to the desired folder file by operating the select button up or down 3 Press the ENTER button to play the selected file or to move to the selected folder NOTE To return to an upper hierarchy move the cursor to the PARENT FOLDER and press the ENTER button Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System While in TREEIDX display mode 1 Move the cursor to the folder file information display window by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Move the cursor to the folder where the desired file is located by operat
104. different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition switch is turned off Hands free phone 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Setup 6 130 3 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XX XXX Ex device B 6 Say Beep X Say the number for the mobile phone to be connected 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag selected is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXxX Ex device B Device tag will temporarily override phone priorities returning to main menu With the navigation system Music player 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select music player 5 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XX XX
105. driver s door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking unlocking with door lock switch All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when lock side is pressed They all unlock when unlock side is pressed Locking unlocking with request switch with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch on the front doors and the liftgate while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking unlocking with transmitter with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Locking unlocking with transmitter with retractable type key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 3 29 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Rear Door Child Safety Locks These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors Use them both whenever a child rides in the vehicle If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door the door cannot be opened from the inside The door can be opened only by pulling the outside ha
106. driver seat slide position sensor and front passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection NOTE When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction e Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important 2 54 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components 1 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 63 2 Side and curtain inflators and air bags 3 Driver Front passenger dual stage inflators and air bags 4 Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 59 5 Crash and roll over sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit 6 Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 63 7 Front air bag sensor 8 Side crash sensors 9 Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 25 10 Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 11 Front passenger seat weight sensor control module 12 Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 67 2 55 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equip
107. either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 25 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph lt l al lt la clala alo For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Iden
108. formats Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed This unit can only display English including numerals one byte characters Use only English including numerals one byte characters when inputting ID3 tags Two byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed Specialized glossa MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed
109. in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback During MP3 CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display Each time the display button DISP is pressed during playback the display will switch in the following order Music CD Disc number Track number Elapsed time 4 Disc tray number 4 File name 4 Album name 4 Artist name 4 Interior Comfort Audio System MP3 CD Disc number File number Elapsed time 4 Disc tray number 4 Disc number Folder number Track number 4 File name 4 Folder name 4 Album name ID3 Tag 4 Song name ID3 Tag 4 Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE MP3 CD This unit can only read English
110. including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 39 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada SAMPLE d gt DATE M GVWRPNBV CLI LB CLL KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV O LB LIO KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR CLIO LB IO KG ITHAVEC LILI TIRES PNEVS WITHIAVEC CI TIRES PNEVS RIMS JANTES RIMSWANTES KPAI PSI COLD A FROID KPA LLI PSI COLD A FROID VIN TYPE I BAR CODE L J A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 40 Customer Inform
111. inserted upside down Insert the disc with the label side up be played i Parent lock level is set Clear or change the parent lock level e ie switeh ism he LOCK Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position position Volume is too low Adjust the volume The audio unit navigation system is not Set the audio unit navigation system in the Rear set in the Rear Entertainment System Entertainment System mode Sound mode Refer to Sound Output on page 6 82 cannot be an invalid disc has been inserted Insert a disc which can be played by this unit output Refer to Operating Tips for Discs on page 6 65 No disc is inserted Insert a disc Disc is inserted upside down Insert the disc with the label side up Playback has been paused Cancel the pause The playback is in slow fast forward or Select normal playback reverse mode Refer to Basic operation on page 6 87 6 113 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptom Cause Action Audio output from vehicle speakers but not from headphones DTS format language is selected and played back The wireless headphones cannot play back DTS format language Select audio other than DTS format Image and or sound is distorted The disc is dirty Clean the signal surface of the disc The disc has a scratch Replace the disc with another one Dew condensation on the disc Clear the dew condensation There are subtle spots o
112. is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding For deployment details refer to the SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 60 In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger like the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat Any time the air bags and seat belt pretensioners have fired they must be replaced For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not fired the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING
113. it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them 8 58 Some models AWARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container A CAUTION Don t scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window You may damage the rear window defroster grid Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance ccsceceseereeseees 9 2 Customer Assistance U S A oo 9 2 Customer Assistance Canada 9 5 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 8 Customer Assistance Mexico 9 9 Mazda Importer Distributors Importer Distributor e Distributor in Each Area 0e Warranty sccscsscsscsscesessssseessessesserseees 9 13 Warranties for Your Mazda 9 13 Outside the United States and Canada sorire ena EA 9 14 Outside the United States 9 15 Outside Canada ccccccceeeseeeeeees 9 16 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Cana
114. least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 9 30 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them Vv Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure nA A WwW N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then rechec
115. light illuminates If the AWD warning light illuminates contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the AWD warning light flashes Park the vehicle in a safe place After a few moments if the warning light stops flashing you can resume driving If the light does not stop flashing contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 17 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving AWARNING Never spin a wheel that is off the ground Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating oil leakage and a fire YW Tires and Tire Chains The condition of the tires plays a large role in the performance of the vehicle Moreover to prevent adverse effects to the drive assembly please note the following Tires e When replacing tires always replace all front and rear tires at the same time e All tires must be of the same size manufacture brand and tread pattern Pay particular attention when equipping snow or other types of winter tires e Do not mix tread worn tires with normal tires e Inspect tire inflation pressures at the specified periods and adjust to the specified pressures NOTE Check the tire inflation pressure label attached to driver s door frame for the correct tire inflation pressure e Make sure to equip the vehicle with genuine wheels of the s
116. light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the BSM system detects a vehicle in the detection area while the vehicle is driven at a speed of about 32 km h 20 mph or more the BSM warning light illuminates on the side of the vehicle where the rear on coming vehicle is detected NOTE e Ifice or snow adhere to the outer mirror surface the BSM warning light may not be visible Ifthe door window glass is tinted it may affect the visibility of the BSM warning light making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the light BSM warning beep The warning beep operates when the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the BSM warning light is illuminated NOTE The system can be customized so that the BSM warning beep does not operate Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OF F This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction
117. menu on the monitor display press the SET UP MENU or STOP button Lang Language Sound and subtitles can be changed to the desired language Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other EE E E Audio Language Japanese Menu Language English Other K kk k Sub Title Japanese Language English lt q Other Kk kK k Menu language Language used for top menu disc menu Sound language Language used for movie sound voice Subtitle language Language used for subtitles Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Changing to a language other than English and Japanese NOTE e Languages other than English and Japanese can be set by entering the language code in the language code list Refer to Language code list on page 6 105 e Ifthe selected language is not recorded in the disc the language is not available 1 Move the cursor to Other by operating the select button up or down 2 Press the ENTER button and then operate the select button to the right Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English P Other fx x x4 Japanese Menu Language Audio Language gt English Other KKK Sub Title Japanese Language gt English lt Other K kk k 3 Enter the desired language code by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down 4 Press the ENTER button to set the language of the entered language code NOTE If English or Ja
118. not designed for cornering at high speeds any more than low profile sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions In addition utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles RSC might help if you get into trouble but then it might not be able to allow you to fully recover always drive carefully with the vehicle s height in mind Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded by lowering vehicle speed and applying the brakes earlier Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a high center of gravity is different when it is loaded compared to when it is not and could result in the loss of vehicle control and an accident 4 8 Vv Emergency Maneuvering A WARNING Do not perform abrupt maneuvers when driving the vehicle in an emergency situation Performing abrupt maneuvers even when driving in an emergency situation is dangerous as it could reduce vehicle stability and operability resulting in an accident Operate the accelerator pedal brake pedal and the steering wheel smoothly A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retention pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could result in an accident Do n
119. of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 32 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Conditions of operation Condition Result The driver s seat belt is not The warning light fastened when the ignition flashes and a beep switch is turned to the ON sound will be heard position for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The driver s seat belt is The warning light will fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be position heard V Belt Minder NOTE The belt minder can be deactivated Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the seat belt minder Driver seated Front passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition ae T Taa 0
120. of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat 2 60 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions or roll overs such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 61 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to roll over detection The following illustration is an example of a accident that may not be detected as a roll over accident Therefore the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not deploy Pitch end over end 2 62 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental R
121. of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the auxiliary key is in the ignition switch e With the start knob installed in the LOCK position the system is fully operational If the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position or the start knob is pushed in the system does not operate All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while any door or the liftgate is open The hazard warning lights will also not flash e Ifthe transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 5 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Transmitter with power liftgate Lock button Unlock button Panic button Power liftgate button without power liftgate Lock button Unlock button 3 14 Panic button NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must a
122. on e The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position V Shift Position Indicator Light This indicates the selected shift position when the ignition switch is in the ON position a FS R m D T Gear position indicator 5 56 Gear position indicator When the shift lever is in the D or M position the numeral for the selected gear displays Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds VTCS OFF Indicator Light TCS OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It also illuminates when the TCS OFF switch is pressed and TCS is switched off Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 24 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after turning the ignition switch to the ON position attempt the procedure again If this still does n
123. on e All overhead lights are on when the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position ON Center Rear Switch Position Overhead Lights OFF Light off Light on or off in accordance with the DOOR operation of front overhead light switch ON Light on Y Map Lights The map lights are switched on or off by pressing the switches Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Luggage Compartment Light Switch Position OFF Light off DOOR Light on when the liftgate is open Luggage Compartment Light V Courtesy Lights Turns on when any door is open or the illuminated entry system is on 6 139 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Information Display Climate control display Front passenger Climate control display Driver Ambient temperature display a BD ep AL 7 a mG DISCIN ST RPT RDM AUTO M OUTSIDE PASS Im To let i EE ERII CCH Ze ENYE LF Clock Trip computer Audio display Hands free display Without navigation system With navigation system O06 V Information Display Functions The information display has the following functions e Clock e Ambient Temperature Display Outside Temperature Display e Climate Control Display e Audio Display Trip Computer e Bluetooth Hands Free Display Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free on page 6 116 6 14
124. one or both door switches The power window auto function will only resume on the side that has been reset 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Make sure that the power window lock switch located on the driver s door is not depressed 3 Press the switch and fully open the power window 4 Pull up the switch to fully close the power window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closes 5 Repeat Steps 3 4 for each front power window 6 Make sure that the power windows operate correctly using the door switches Two step down function With the power window completely closed press the switch lightly and it will open and stop about 3 cm 1 in from the top If you continue to press and hold the switch the window will resume opening all the way NOTE Pressing the power window switch once when the window is fully closed will only open it about 3 cm 1 in to allow convenient ventilation of the cabin Canceling the two step down function To cancel the two step down function for the front power windows carry out the following procedure using the master control switches 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds Press the power window switch 2 times firmly then pull it 2 times firmly Owner master control switch Front passenger s window Pod 2 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posit
125. or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner Leather Real leather isn t uniform and may have scars scratches and wrinkles Clean it with a leather cleaner or mild soap Wipe it with a damp soft cloth then dry and buff it with a dry soft cloth Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner Some models 8 57 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance Piano black panel The following parts are fitted with panels that have been treated with a special coating that resists scratching e Center panel e Steering wheel partial e Shift lever panel e Door trim panel When the panel needs to be cleaned use a soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface NOTE Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be repairable Vv Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken
126. rear seat belt through the seat belt guide and fasten it Check that all seat belts are routed properly for passenger use page 2 27 A CAUTION When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 15 Third Row Seat A WARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to rock the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage t
127. right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Event Data Recorder This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder In the event of a crash this device records data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer vehicles Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2008 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan June 2008 Print1 How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual
128. seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt The seat bottom power adjustment is operated by motors Avoid extended operation because excessive use can damage the motors gt To prevent the battery from running down avoid using the power adjustment when the engine is stopped The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power gt Do not use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time V Seat Slide To slide the seat move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back and hold it Release the switch at the desired position 2 5 Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat
129. sound select mode or subtitle select mode by operating the select button to the left or right m z T 001 001 300 03 03 gt Q1 QM Ja oF 1 Ja pop 3 Move the cursor and select the desired language by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Subtitle ON OFF DVD video Subtitle on off can be set 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 6 91 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Move the cursor to the subtitle ON OFF mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001_ 001 300 03 03 gt a1 01 Jaa 1 Ja DOD 3 Select ON to display the subtitles or OFF to hide them by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Display angle change DVD video and DVD audio The image can be displayed at the desired angle NOTE e Display angle change is not available for discs other than multi angle recorded DVD discs Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for details The available angles vary depending on the disc 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 6 92 2 Move the cursor to the display angle change mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 001 300 03 03 gt AM 01 Ja oF 1 Ja DOD 3 Move the cursor and select the desired angle by
130. stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 53 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 8 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key KEY This indicator has two colors KEY Warning Light Red When illuminated e When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position it illuminates momentarily and then goes out e If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system it illuminates continuously 5 54 AWARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY warning light illuminated If the KEY warning light remains illuminated do not continue to drive using the advanced key system Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to
131. system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child If installing a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors Even with front passenger seat weight sensors if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child gt The total seated weight of the child with the child restraint system on the front passenger seat is approximately 30 kg 66 b or more with a child in the child restraint system gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved back
132. the Rear Entertainment System for a long period with the engine off The vehicle battery could run down e To listen to the Rear Entertainment System sound from the vehicle speakers change the audio or navigation system sound to the Rear Entertainment System sound Refer to Sound on page 6 82 To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 72 The cooling fan of this unit may activate if the temperature of the unit is high however this does not indicate a malfunction Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Vv Basic Operation Power ON OFF Turning on the power The Rear Entertainment System automatically turns on when any of the following operations are done with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position e The display is open and a disc is inserted e The POWER button on the remote controller is pressed Turning off The Rear Entertainment System turns off when any of the following operations are done e The POWER button on the remote controller is pressed e The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e The display is closed Playback The top menu or disc menu may be displayed on the monitor screen when a disc is played From these menus the disc functions can be performed Refer to Top me
133. the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety requirements CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 15 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations Therefore vehicles built for use in Canada may
134. the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VW STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 e e VW STEP 2 Contact Mazda Motor de Mexi
135. there are more than 8 characters in the song title it is possible to display the remaining part of the song title one character at a time each time the display feed dial is rotated one increment clockwise e Three more seconds after scrolling the song title the display automatically returns to display the first part of the song title e If there is no song title No SONG is displayed INFO such as composer s name display e When the display button is pressed while in song title display mode it changes to the INFO display mode e Ifthere are more than 8 characters in the composer s name it is possible to display the remaining part of the name one character at a time each time the display feed dial is rotated one increment clockwise e Three seconds after scrolling the text the display automatically returns to display the first part of the text e Ifthere is no composer name No INFO is displayed Instant replay This function allows you to rewind and replay the program that you were previously or are currently listening to Press the instant replay button PI When the seek tuning button V is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the current program When the seek tuning button V is pressed twice playback starts from the beginning of the previous program When the seek tuning button V is pressed for about 1 5 seconds or longer the program is reversed while t
136. to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONS and NOTES in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda a Important information about driving your Mazda Driving Your Maz
137. track Disc search During music CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button DISCA or DISCV during playback During MP3 CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button DISCA or DISCV for 1 5 seconds or more during playback Folder search during MP3 CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button V for less than 1 5 seconds or press the folder up button A for less than 1 5 seconds to advance to the next folder Music scan This feature helps to find a program by playing about the first 10 seconds of each track Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected 6 54 Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks
138. transmitter e When the signal is blocked by an obstruction such as the seat Replacing the battery 1 Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent and remove the cover Remove the batteries Cover Screw 2 Insert two AAA size batteries Match the polarity of the batteries with the and marks in the battery case 3 Install the cover 4 Install the screw NOTE Battery life reference Manganese batteries About 20 hours Alkaline batteries About 40 hours The battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees The battery life varies depending on usage conditions volume surrounding environment 6 84 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System A CAUTION gt If the battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly If any of the following occurs replace the batteries gt The power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on gt Noise is mixed with the sound gt The reception range narrows gt Periodically inspect the batteries for leakage gt If the headphones are not to be used for an extended period remove the batteries gt Be careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose gt Install the batteries with the poles correctly positioned Battery leakage could occur if they are not installed correctly gt When replacing the batteries be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them
139. turn the cap excessively The cap may be damaged Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the crack and press the battery out 4 Insert the new battery CR2025 or equivalent with the positive pole facing the mark on the cap 6 Reinsert the auxiliary key 3 6 YW Service If you have a problem with the advanced keyless functions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your advanced key is lost or stolen bring all remaining advanced keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions Vv Operational Range The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried NOTE When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate The operational range for locking unlocking the doors is a
140. unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel RSES is displayed on the information display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit Vehicles with navigation system Change the navigation system to the Rear Entertainment System mode Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers For navigation system operation refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM Press the SOURCE button SOURCE select the AUX2 mode RSES is displayed on the information display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound Adjust the volume with the dial on the navigation unit V Using the Headphone Speakers A CAUTION gt For safety reasons the driver should never wear the headphones while driving Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a serious accident gt Use the headphones with the volume set at moderate level Listening at an excessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect on your hearing ability gt If the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage gt Do not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet Also do not leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature It could cause a malfunction 6 82 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment
141. up when Normal insertion inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play 1 Press the load button LOAD The disc number and the track number 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD will be displayed Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 6 52 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired tray number while WAIT is displayed 3 When IN is displayed insert the CD NOTE The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied Multiple insertion 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD 3 When IN is displayed again insert the next CD NOTE The first inserted CD will be played automatically when e No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds after IN is displayed e The CD trays are full Ejecting the CD Normal ejection 1 Press the CD eject button amp The disc number and DISC OUT will be displayed 2 Pull out the CD NOTE When the CD is ejected during play the next CD will be played automatically Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes Interior Comfort Audio System 2
142. vehicle contents theft 3 2 Some models Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System With power liftgate button Power liftgate button Panic button Lock button Auxiliary key Unlock button Operation indicator light G___ Key code number plate Without power liftgate button Panic button Lock button Auxiliary key Unlock button Operation indicator light o___ Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION gt Because the advanced key uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones gt The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object gt The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell phones gt Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle gt There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle gt If the vehicle is near equipment such
143. watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 8 17 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview Engine coolant reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick Battery Windscreen washer fluid reservoir lt a Fuse block Relay box Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap 8 18 Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil shoul
144. will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon Law If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda else you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our decision Mazda believes in providing a fast fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada V Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfac
145. worn the built in wear indicators contact the disc plates This causes a screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced When you hear this noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with worn disc pads Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transaxle Controls Various Lockouts Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position gt Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 5 12 5 10 VY Transaxle Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transaxle and prevents the
146. you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without putting the ignition switch in LOCK position setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE o If turning the ignition switch is difficult Jiggle the steering wheel from side to side The ignition switch cannot be turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position when the shift lever is not in P ACC Accessory The steering wheel unlocks and some electrical accessories will operate NOTE The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not function in the ACC position and the doors will not lock unlock using the transmitter or request switches even if the advanced key is carried away from the vehicle ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 43 NOTE When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the start knob then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light ca
147. 0 Some models VY Clock NOTE When the trip computer is displayed press the CLOCK button to change the display to the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the time is displayed Tg pa Ea a E a I L Without navigation system Time setting 1 Press the CLOCK button until the beep sounds and the displayed time flashes 2 Press the H switch to set the hour 3 Press the M switch to set the minutes then press the CLOCK button Switching between 12 and 24 hour clock time 1 Press the audio control dial several times until 12Hr and 24Hr clock time are displayed 2 Turn the audio control dial in either direction select the desired clock setting and press the audio control dial Press the dial while the preferred clock time is flashing Interior Comfort Interior Equipment With navigation system Refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM NOTE Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS however it is necessary to adjust hours under the following conditions Driving across different time zones Daylight saving time start and end Vv Ambient Temperature Display When the ignition switch is in the ON position press the OUTSIDE switch page 6 6 to display the ambient temperature OUTSIDE E 10 ILIF NOTE e Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surro
148. 0 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 6 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE e In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Brake System V Foot Brake Your Mazda has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes Dry brakes that ha
149. 104 5 Press the SOURCE button and select the AUX mode Refer to Mode on page 6 86 6 Operate the equipment following the instruction manual accompanying the equipment Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Language Code List Language Code Language Code Abkhazian ab 1001 Greek el 1411 Afar aa 1000 Greenlandic kl 2011 Afrekaans af 1005 Guarani gn 1613 Albanian sq 2816 Gujarati gu 1620 Amharic am 1012 Hausa ha 1700 Arabic ar 1017 Hebrew iw 1822 Armenian hy 1724 Hindi hi 1708 Assamase as 1018 Hungarian hu 1720 Aymara ay 1024 Icelandic is 1818 Azerbaijani az 1025 Indonesian in 1813 Bashkir ba 1100 Interlingua ia 1800 Basque eu 1420 Interlingue ie 1804 Bengali bn 1113 TInupiak ik 1810 Bhutani dz 1325 Trish ga 1600 Bihari bh 1107 Italian it 1819 Bislama bi 1108 Japanese ja 1900 Breton br 1117 Javanese jw 1922 Bulgarian bg 1106 Kannada kn 2013 Burmese my 2224 Kashmiri ks 2018 Byelorussian be 1104 Kazakh kk 2010 Cambodian km 2012 Kinyarwanda rw 2722 Catalan ca 1200 Kirghiz ky 2024 Chinese zh 3507 Kirundi m 2713 Corsican co 1214 Korean ko 2014 Croatian hr 1717 Kurdish ku 2020 Czech cs 1218 Laothian lo 2114 Danish da 1300 Latin la 2100 Dutch nl 2311 Latvian lv 2121 English en 1413 Lingala In 2113 Esperanto eo 1414 Lithuanian lt 2119 Est
150. 2 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System Y Operating the Radio Scan button Band selector button Seek tuning buttons Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FM1 gt FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 34 Manual tuning dial Auto memory button 3DISCA FOLDER Channel preset buttons Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button A V will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically NOTE If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station fo
151. 2 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the spark plugs at every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or shorter a Repeated short distance driving b Extended periods of idling or low speed operation c Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 45 000 km 28 100 miles a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 10 miles If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 8 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Dri
152. 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance N Open the clip and slide the blade assembly in the direction of the arrow U Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the clip NOTE Using a soft cloth wrapped flathead screwdriver 4 Tilt the blade assembly and remove it from the arm CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield 8 28 5 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of blade holder 6 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade A CAUTION gt Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again gt If the metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the passenger s side or vice versa gt Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber 7 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 1 Remove the cover and raise the wiper arm 2 Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the right until it unlocks then remove the blade V Replacing Rear Window Wiper Blade When the wiper no longer cleans well the blade is probably worn or cracked R
153. 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 5 Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct 6 122 6 Say Beep Yes or No 7 When Yes is spoken the procedure proceeds to Step 8 When No is spoken the procedure returns to Step 3 8 Prompt Dialing V Receiving an Incoming Call 1 Prompt Incoming call press the pickup button to answer 2 To accept the call press the pick up button To reject the call press the hang up button Vv Hanging Up a Call Press the hang up button during the call Beep will confirm that call is ended V Volume Adjustment Turn the power volume dial of the audio unit or navigation system to adjust the volume Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it Audio unit Navigation system VOL PUSH POWER NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel The music volume of the audio unit and the navigation system cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used YV Voice Guidance Interrupt Operation Voice guidance can be stopped by pressing the talk button Short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be spoken by the user Press the talk button Short press V Help Function Use The help functi
154. 41 Gomi Box venantan 6 147 Courtesy Lights cceeeeceeseeeees 6 139 Cruise Control s es 5 19 Cup Holdet ascia 6 144 Customer Assistance ceseeceereee 9 2 D Dashboard Illumination 0 5 41 Daytime Running Lights 5 63 Defroster MITOL voye nea a 5 69 Rear Window cecseeseeseeteeseees 5 69 Dimensions cccecceeseeseeseeeseeteeeees 10 5 Door Locks mearnsii nioi 3 27 Driving In Flooded Area 06 4 11 Driving on Uneven Road 04 4 13 Driving Tips cecceeceeseeseeseeteeeeeeeees 4 6 Automatic transaxle 0 5 15 Break in period ceceeeeceeees 4 6 Driving in flooded area 4 11 Driving on uneven road 4 13 Hazardous driving eeeee 4 7 Money saving suggestions 4 6 Rocking the vehicle 0 0 0 0 4 9 Winter driving ceeeeeeseeeee 4 10 Index D Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC sons kaki 5 25 TCS DSC RSC Indicator light 5 26 E Emergency Starting eseeeeees 7 16 Jump starting 0 0 eeeeeeeeeees 7 16 Push starting 00 ceeeeeeseereeeees 7 18 Emergency Towing cceseseeees 7 19 Emission Control System Gasoline Engine ccceeseeseereee 4 3 Engine Coolant aneneen tet 8 21 Exhaust gas ossee 4 4 Hood release n se 3 46 Oil panes Rieke 8 19 Overheating 0 0 0 cceeceeceereeeeees 7 14 Starting areas 5 4
155. 5 35 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Y BSM OFF Switch When the BSM switch is pressed the BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF indicator light illuminates N S _ ANS Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn on the BSM system The BSM OFF indicator light turns off NOTE The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer e If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position with the BSM system turned off the system becomes operable automatically when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position 5 36 VY Care of Radar Sensors The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper Radar sensors Always keep the bumper surface near the radar sensor area clean so that the BSM system operates normally Refer to the Exterior Care page 8 54 NOTE e The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the radar sensors cannot operate normally If the light remains flashing after cleaning the bumper surface near the radar sensor area consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer VW Safety Certification Radiation Hazard This BSM blind spot monitoring device emits intentional electromagnetic radiation in the 24 GHz to 25 GHz frequency range The total radiated average power over the
156. 6 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The Tire Pressure Monitoring System does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended YA py de ey Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 Some models 8 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure e Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim e Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires if irregular wear develops According to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z O O7 fo Fo
157. 6 049 Ibs Front 1 276 kg 2 813 Ibs 1 307 kg 2 881 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 1 400 kg 3 086 Ibs 1 458 kg 3 214 Ibs VY Air Conditioner Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC 134a R 134a 10 5 Specifications Light Bulbs Exterior light Light bulb Category Wattage ECE R SAE High beam 60 HB3 HB3 Headlights Halogen 55 H11 Low beam Xenon fusion 35 D2S D2S Front turn signal lights 27 1156NA Front side marker lights 5 WYS5W Fog lights 51 HB4 9006 Side turn signal lights z LED High mount brake light LED C Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W 32CP Brake lights 5 4 Rear y Taillights combination light LED side Liftgate side 3 8 194 Reverse lights 21 W21W 7440 License plate lights 5 T10 Rear side marker lights 5 WS5W 4CP LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode 2 Bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced Interior light Light bulb Caterory Wattage ECER Overhead lights Map lights Front 8 Overhead light Center 10 Overhead light Rear 10 Courtesy lights 5 T10 Vanity mirror lights 2 Luggage compartment light 10 V Tires NOTE The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When repla
158. 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD STA Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 12 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not voi
159. A 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Distributor in Each Area VCANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada Y PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island Plaza Motors Corp Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 362722 San Juan Puerto Rico 00936 2722 TEL 787 641 9300 Y MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Circuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N 1500 Col Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe 01210 Mexico D F TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico Y GUAM Triple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 Y SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 9 11 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 9 12 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda e New Vehicle Limited Warranty Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty Canada only Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission
160. Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE In the following cases the KEY warning light red illuminates and the engine will not start The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is out of operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range 8 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position while pushing the start knob in 9 Turn the ignition switch from the ACC position to the START position and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 10 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds 3 12 NOTE e In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Turning off the engine 1 Move the shift lever to the P position 2 Turn the ignition switch from the ON position to the ACC position NOTE When the engine is turned off and the ignition switch it turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position the KEY in
161. British Indian Ocean 10 1814 Estonia EE 1404 Territory Ethiopia ET 1419 Brunei BN 1113 Falkland Islands Malvinas FK 1510 Bulgaria BG 1106 Faroe Islands FO 1514 Burkina Faso BF 1105 Fiji FJ 1509 Burundi BI 1108 Finland FI 1508 Cambodia KH 2007 France FR 1517 Cameroon CM 1212 French Guiana GF 1605 Canada CA 1200 French PF 2505 6 107 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code Country Code French Southern Territories TF 2905 Lao People s Democratic 2100 Gabon GA 1600 Latvia 2121 Gambia GM 1612 Lebanon 2101 Georgia Lesotho 2118 Germany Liberia 2117 Ghana Libyan Arab Jamahiriya 2124 Gibraltar Liechtenstein 2108 Greece Lithuania 2119 Greenland Luxembourg 2120 Grenada Macau 2214 Guadeloupe Macedonia the Former 2210 Guam Yugoslav Republic of Guatemala Madagascar 2206 Guinea Malawi 2222 Guinea Bissau Malaysia 2224 Guyana Maldives 2221 Haiti Mali 2211 Heard and McDonald Islands Malta 2219 Holy See Vatican City State Marshall Islands 2207 Honduras Martinique 2216 Hong Kong Mauritania 2217 Hungary Mauritius 2220 Iceland Mayotte 3419 India Mexico 2223 Indonesia Micronesia Federated States 1512 Iran Islamic Republic of Moldova Republic 2203 Iraq Monaco 2202 Ireland Mongolia 2213
162. Country Blues Pop Rap R amp B Bluegrass Alternative Classical Heavy Metal Dance and many others From its state of the art digital broadcasting facility in Rockefeller Center New York City SIRIUS will deliver the broadest deepest mix of radio entertainment from coast to coast SIRIUS will bring you music and entertainment programming that is simply not available on traditional radio in any market across the country It s radio like you ve never heard before Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today For more information visit siriusradio com Satellite radio can be subscribed to and received in the United States Except Alaska and Hawaii and Canada 6 37 Interior Comfort Audio System How to subscribe to satellite radio Once the system is installed you must first subscribe to the SIRIUS Radio service to activate the system The SIRIUS Radio service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to subscribe to SIRIUS Radio and if needed is also used to report any problems should there be any in the future Listeners can subscribe using any of the following methods e Visiting SIRIUS on the web at www sirlus com e Subscribing to SIRIUS customer care available 24 hours a day 7 days a week Calling 888 539 7474 E mail at customercare sirius radio com e Writing to SATELLITE RADIO 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 Attention Customer Care Customers should have their SIRIUS Radio ID E
163. D and MP3 WMA CD playback functions Moreover the system is equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound and AV equipment such as a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitor screen Y Proper Operation of Rear Entertainment System For safe driving read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation and use the system properly A WARNING gt Do not disassemble or modify this unit It may cause an accident fire or electrical shock gt Do not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or sound It may cause an accident fire or electrical shock Follow the procedures in Symptoms and Actions page 6 113 and if the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Do not use if some problem has occurred If any problem occurs such as a foreign material penetration spilled liquid smoking from internal burning or other abnormal smells stop operation immediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If operation is continued it may cause an accident fire or electrical shock gt Lower the volume to minimum before turning off the power If the volume is set high loud sound will be produced when turning on the power causing auditory problems or an accident gt Adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard If the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving driving o
164. E ReWritable Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs 6 21 Interior Comfort Audio System e Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly e CD TEXT textual information cannot be displayed by audio units other than the CD player In dash CD changer Only playback is possible e The following player can play MP3 files recorded in CD ROM CD R and CD RW CD player In dash CD changer The CD player In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected e An 8 cm 3 in CD can be played in the CD player The In dash CD changer is specially made f
165. If it does not match with the previously registered code SR1 Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 7 If it matches with the previously registered code ENTER PIN appears again and it switches to code input mode 8 SRI appears and it is ready for input of the new ID code New ID code input 9 Input the new ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If 1234 is input as the new code SR1 1234 is displayed Press the scan button after the code is input Interior Comfort Audio System New ID code input determination 10 Determine the new ID code which has been input by pressing the scan button 11 PIN CHANGED appears for 3 seconds which indicates that the new ID code input has been completed 12 It returns to the former display How to clear the message e Press any of the following FM AM SAT CD AUX CAT ESN DISP Instant replay POWER buttons e Turn the ACC off or insert a CD NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for 10 seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Individual channel locking If a channel is locked the channel is muted NOTE If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 See INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE section Lo
166. KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 3 times However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the start knob is in the ACC position and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the start knob is not in the LOCK position The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 6 times NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area within the vehicle e Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep If the request switch for a front door or the liftgate is pressed under the following conditions while the advanced key is being carried a beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that the front doors and the liftgate cannot be locked e A
167. Locks page 3 28 V Opening and Closing the Liftgate Manually opening the liftgate A WARNING Always fully open the liftgate when opening it Raising the liftgate only partially is dangerous as it could drop unexpectedly resulting in injury Pull up on the handle Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a malfunction in the electrical system and the liftgate cannot be unlocked perform the following procedure as an emergency measure to unlock it 1 Remove the cap on the interior surface of the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver SIN Ps 3 31 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 With power liftgate Push the liftgate while pressing the lever down Without power liftgate Turn the lever to the right to unlock the liftgate With power liftgate ever Without power liftgate Lever After performing this emergency measure have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Manually closing the liftgate Use both hands to push the liftgate down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is securely latched V Power Liftgate The power liftgate opens closes electrically by operating switches in the vehicle or the buttons on the keyless entry system transmitter Refer to Keyless Entry System on page 3 13 3 32 Some models AWARNING Be sure to watch the
168. Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks If you plan to back up make sure nothing is in your way NOTE Engine oil engine coolant brake fluid washer fluid and other fluid levels should be inspected See Maintenance Section 8 e e e e Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine After Getting In e Are all doors closed and locked e Is the seat adjusted properly e Are the inside and outside mirrors adjusted e Is everyone s seat belt fastened Check all gauges Check all warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off Always be thoroughly familiar with your Mazda e e e Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda e Do not race the engine e Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time e Do not drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops Avoid full throttle starts Do not tow a trailer e e e Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs e Avoid long wa
169. Loom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the
170. Mode Priority The priority of the inserted discs CD R CD RW can be selected Audio Digital Output Not used with this unit Audio DRC The audio dynamic range can be adjusted to reduce the difference between the maximum and minimum audio output Audio compression of the DVD video playback can be selected or deselected during playback using the following modes Mode Function NONE Playback with normal volume Lower volume is increased to LINE i reduce difference in volume range Use when it is still difficult to hear RF sound while using LINE Sound quality is reduced while using RF NOTE Only sound output from the headphones is available Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Auxiliary Input AUX mode In AUX mode AV equipment such as a video game player or a video camera can be used by connecting the image and sound cables to the auxiliary terminals NOTE Before operating read the instruction manual accompanying the AV equipment to be used e To listen to the Rear Entertainment System sound from the vehicle speakers change the audio or navigation system sound to the Rear Entertainment System sound Refer to Sound on page 6 82 To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 72
171. NG PROTECTED COMPONENT INJ TIA Injectors 2 3 Some models 8 49 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuse block Glove box DESCRIPTION AR G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 OUTLET FR 15A Accessory socket Front 2 MIRROR 7 5A Power control mirror 3 m 4 METER 10A Instrument cluster 5 SAS 7 5A ABS Air bag 6 ENG IGA 7 5A Engine control system 7 STA 7 5A Ignition system 8 9 A C 7 5A Air conditioner 10 R WIPER 15A Rear window wiper and washer 11 TRAILER 12 P LIFT GATE 20A Power lift gate x 13 SUNROOF 15A Moonroof 14 AUDIO 10A Audio system 15 M DEF 10A Mirror defroster 16 17 TAIL 10A Taillight 18 ILLUMI 10A Dashboard illumination 19 INJ 7 5A Injectors 8 50 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION Bake G PROTECTED COMPONENT 20 21 OUTLET CTR 22 OUTLET RR 23 WIPER 30A Windshield wiper and washer 24 P WIND 30A Power windows 8 51 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if p
172. Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list 6 Say Beep List 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex Device A device B device C The voice guidance reads out the device tags registered to the hands free system 6 129 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Press the talk button Short press during the read out at the desired device and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Select phone Selects device Mobile phone when the talk button is short pressed e With the navigation system Select music player Selects device Music player when the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits device when the talk button is short pressed e Continue Continues the list read out e Delete Deletes the registered device when the talk button is short pressed e Previous Returns to the previous device in read out when the talk button is short pressed 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Prompt Returning to main menu Device selection If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last programmed If you would like to link a
173. R 30A Power seat RH 5 HEATER 50A Heater 6 IGKEY2 40A For protection of various circuits 30A T FAN1 x Cooling fan 40A P SEAT L 40A Power seat LH DEFOG 30A Rear window defroster 10 BTN 40A For protection of various circuits 11 FUEL PUMP 30A Fuel pump 12 IGKEY1 30A For protection of various circuits 13 FOG 15A Fog lights 14 ABS SOL 30A ABS solenoid 15 D L 25A Power door locks 16 ROOM 15A Overhead light Some models 8 47 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 8 48 Some models DESCRIPTION ae G PROTECTED COMPONENT 17 OUTLET CTR 15A Accessory socket Center 18 OUTLET RR 15A Accessory socket Rear 19 AC PWR 15A Moon roof DC AC inverter 20 S WARM 15A Seat warmer 21 A C MAG 10A Air conditioner 22 BOSE 25A Audio system Bose Sound System equipped model 23 FAN2 i Cooling fan 40A 24 ABS 50A ABS 25 IG COIL 25A Ignition system 26 H L LOW L 15A Headlight left Low beam 27 H LLOWR 15A Headlight right Low beam 28 H L HIGH 20A Headlight high High beam 29 HAZARD 15A Hazard warning flashers 30 ENG B 10A PCM 31 HORN 15A Horn 32 STOP 7 5A Brake lights 33 EGI INJ 10A Engine control system 34 ENG BAR 20A Air flow sensor EGR control valve 35 ENG BAR 2 7 5A PCM Relay box Engine compartment x Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION FUSE RATI
174. Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the front passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor Your front passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor Change the seatback angle by pressing the front or rear side of the reclining switch Release the switch at the desired position VY Height Adjustment Driver s Seat The seat height can be adjusted by moving the switch up or down VY Seat Position Memory Driver s Seat One touch seat position programming and activation is available on the driver s seat A CAUTION When activating the seat position do not place your hands or fi
175. Registered device tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted Registered device editing 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list 6 Say Beep Edit 7 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XXXXX Ex device B which device please The device tag of the registered device is read out by the HFP 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be edited 9 Prompt New name please 6 131 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 10 11 12 13 v Say Beep XXXXX Ex device C Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Prompt XXXXxX Ex device C Device tag is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt New name saved returning to main menu Security Setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input Passcode setting 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Fre
176. TE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter 3 15 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Auxiliary Key Function Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the event of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction Removing the auxiliary key Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key Locking unlocking the doors The doors can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Locking Unlocking with Key page 3 27 Starting the engine The engine can be started with the auxiliary key refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 Locking unlocking the glove box The glove box can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Glove Box page 6 147 Advanced Key Suspend Function If one advanced key is left in the vehicle and a second advanced key is used to lock it the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle is temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable e Starting the engine using the start knob e Operating the request switches To restore these funct
177. TSC National Television System Committee recorded type e8 cm 3in or 12 cm Sin size Video CD audio CD CD R and CD RW Video CDs audio CDs CD Rs and CD RWs bearing each of the following logos can be played MiSo cise disc DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL VIDEO Recordable COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT aise Recordable po abtel ReWritable ePlayback control function supported e8 cm 3in or 12 cm Sin size eMP3 recorded type 1 Audio is not produced by the headphones when DTS audio is selected Listen to DTS audio over the vehicle s speakers 2 Stereo playback is produced 3 Audio is not produced from the headphones Listen to this audio from the speakers Unplayable discs e Discs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table e Discs not including 1 or ALL in region code e Discs recorded in other than NTSC e g PAL or SECAM 6 66 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD ROM DVD RAM DVD RW CD ROM CDV CD G CVD VSD SVCD SACD photo CDs non conventional discs e g heart shaped and partially transparent discs Discs recorded in CD TEXT format HD DVD and Blu ray discs Handling of discs e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs or discs with a memory portion that is transparent or translucent The unit could be damaged Transparent When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may ju
178. The cooling fan for this unit may activate if the temperature of the unit is high however this does not indicate a malfunction V Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet The auxiliary terminals and power outlet are positioned as shown in the figure 6 101 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Auxiliary terminals The auxiliary terminals consist of one image input terminal and two sound input terminals for left and right Image input terminal Yellow Sound input Right terminal Red Sound input Left terminal White To use open the cover A CAUTION Close the cover when the terminals are not in use If foreign material penetrates or liquid is spilled on it it may cause a malfunction NOTE e For monaural equipment with one sound output terminal connect the terminal to the sound input terminal White The sound is output from the speaker to which the terminal has been connected e Noise may occur depending on the connected equipment Power Outlet The power outlet can be used as a power supply for electrical devices when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Only use AC 115 V electrical appliances requiring no greater than 100 W Open the cover to use the power outlet 6 102 AWARNING gt Never use medical instruments with the power outlet gt Follow the cautions below to prevent electrical shock gt Do not plug accessories into the power outlet or unplug them wit
179. The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference e When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds VY Door Ajar Warning Light This warning light illuminates when any door or liftgate is not securely closed Close the door or liftgate securely before driving the vehicle Y Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light enen tO t 14 Daian This warning light indicates that little washer fluid remains Add fluid page 8 26 V Automatic Transaxle Warning Light AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem CAUTION If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates the transaxle has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transaxle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Vv AWD Warning Light AWD 4WD This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions e Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally hig
180. This will prevent them from rusting V Paint Damage Touch up Repair damage to the finish caused by stone chipping damage during parking etc by using Mazda touch up paint before rust begins to form First remove the dirt and grease with a clean soft cloth If rust has already begun to form 1 Remove rust completely with sandpaper 2 Wipe with a clean soft cloth 3 Apply rust preventive primer to the area 4 After drying it completely apply a suitable top coat material to the area Of course there will be no problem if you assign the work to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 55 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Cavity Protection Cavities are treated for protection at the factory but additional protective treatment after the vehicle has been put into use will extend the life of the body We recommend that you consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning this additional precaution V Bright Metal Maintenance e Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool e To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster e During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound A CAUTION Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or stro
181. Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Refer to System Error Activation on page 5 31 e Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 31 If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator Kite 4 NJ T dt L New tread Worn tread You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 24 Vv Temporary Spare Tire Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it s properly inflated and stored NOTE The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction which is lighter and s
182. UP Category up e Press the category button DOWN Category down Every time the category UP button is pressed for 1 5 second or less the category is changed over in the order shown below At this time the lowest smallest number channel within the category indicated is received When the highest or lowest category is reached the category is changed over in the order shown below Highest category Category all Lowest category NOTE While in CATEGORY ALL mode all channels covering a category can be accessed Category off condition Channel selection within a category If category is not in ALL and the channel number is displayed turning the manual tuning dial moves the channel number up down in the present category e Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise Channel Up e Turn the manual tuning dial counterclockwise Channel Down NOTE The channel number needs to be indicated in the display to use manual tuning dial for this function Channel number channel name category artist song titles and info display Each time the display button is pressed during SIRIUS reception the display of the text data is changed over in the order shown below ee number gt Channel name Info Category 1 name Song title lt Artist name eal NOTE Eight characters are displayed on I screen By turning the display feed dial counterclockwise it is possible to di
183. UTION Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low It could result in extensive engine damage V Check Engine Light a This indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 47 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases e The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty e The engine s electrical system has a problem e The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Warning Light T This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The powertrain malfunction reduced power warning light may illuminate in the following cases e The engine s electrical system has a problem
184. X Ex device B Say Beep X Say the number for the music player to be connected Prompt XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag selected is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt XXXXX Ex device B Device tag selected Registered device Mobile phone deletion Registered devices Mobile phone can be deleted individually or collectively 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 Say Beep Setup Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player Say Beep Pairing options Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list NOTE A registered device Mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete 7 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XXXXX Ex device B The device tag of the registered device is read out by the HFP Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all devices Mobile phone 9 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex device B
185. XXXXXXXX Ex 555 5678 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 5678 The new phone number to be registered Is this correct 14 Say Beep Yes 15 Prompt Number changed returning to main menu Phonebook data deletion Erasing individual phonebook data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be cleared 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say 9999 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phonebook 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXxX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted returning to main menu 6 127 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Complete deletion of the phonebook data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be erased 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 Say Beep Phonebook Prompt Select one of t
186. a screen Display Off Only sound without image can be played Press and hold the DISPLAY button DISPLAY on the remote controller DISPLAY OFF is displayed and then image turns off Press any button on the remote controller to display the image 6 79 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V Remote Controller Operate the Rear Entertainment System with the remote controller except for disc insertion ejection A CAUTION Do not apply excessive force to the remote controller or get it wet Also do not leave the remote controller in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature It could cause a malfunction NOTE Operate the remote controller with it pointed to the disc slot of the unit Signals may not be received depending of the angle Maintenance Stow the remote controller in its case and put it in the seatback pocket of a front seat Place the remote controller into its case properly in the direction shown in the figure and stow it in the front seatback pocket NOTE If the remote controller is placed in the incorrect direction abnormal noise or an operation error could result 6 80 Using the remote controller A battery has already been installed in the remote controller Remove the electrical leak protection insulation sheet before using the remote controller ea Replacing the battery If the buttons on the remote controller are inoperable or the oper
187. afe NCO esac aot 663 Interior Lights c cccccceeeeeeeeees Information Display 6 140 Rear Entertainment System 6 64 Cup Holder ensinan 6 144 Rear Entertainment System 6 64 Bottle Holder occ eeeeeeeeeees 6 146 Part Names sssesesessereeeeseeeeeeeneees 6 73 Storage Compartments eee 6 146 Before Operation sussies 6 76 Accessory Sockets c cccccccseseseeees 6 150 Sound Output 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeseees 6 82 Power Outlet o n 6 151 Rear Entertainment System FUNCTIONS 0 0 ceceeeeseseeteeseeneeteeeeaeenes 6 86 DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback Disc Mode si scessentcactonca connect 6 87 Auxiliary Input AUX mode 6 101 Language Code List 0 eee 6 105 Country Code List eeeeereeees 6 107 Error Message n se 6 111 Symptoms and Actions 60 6 113 Some models 6 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips Y Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switch in the ON position when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency Y Foggy Windows The wi
188. ag modules in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield glass side door glass front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips When hanging clothes hang them on the coat hook directly Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a side collision or roll over accident Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats 2 52 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not touch the component
189. ainst the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system V Front Passenger s Seat Child Restraint System Installation 1 Slide the seat as far back as possible 2 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 3 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 4 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mo
190. al device such as a personal computer e A current converter device such as a DC AC converter e When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicle especially around the wheels e When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted e When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed e When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls e When using tire chains Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YW Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Tire pressure sensor ID signal code registration is completed when an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires you or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration
191. alculated and displayed every 2 seconds When this mode is selected CONSUM CUR will be displayed 6 142 U S A CONSUM CUR mpg a oti Lui CANADA CONSUM CUR L 100km Me ff When you ve slowed to about 5 km h 3 mph L 100 km mpg will be displayed Average fuel economy mode This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the fuel consumption and the distance traveled since connecting the battery or resetting the data Average fuel economy will be calculated and displayed every minute When this mode is selected CONSUM AV will be displayed U S A CONSUM AV mpg A M Leet CONSUM AV L 100km To clear the data being displayed press the INFO switch for more than 1 5 second After pressing the INFO switch L 100 km mpg will be displayed for about 1 minute before the fuel economy is recalculated and displayed Distance to empty mode This mode displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy The distance to empty will be calculated and displayed every second Interior Comfort Interior Equipment When this mode is selected REMNG will be displayed U S A sa RENG NI Lens REMNG km ert LOLs Even though the distance to empty display may indicate a sufficient amount of remaining mileage before refueling is required refuel as soon as possible if the fuel gauge needle nears E or
192. ally let up on the parking brake pedal NOTE Release the parking brake pedal once before trying to reapply it V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning lig
193. an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed gt Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 63 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Rear Entertainment System V Rear Entertainment System Outline The Rear Entertainment System has a 9 0 inch wide LCD as well as DVD video DVD audio video CD audio C
194. and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle 3 Insert the jack lever and attach the lug wrench to tire jack In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 4 Turn the lug wrench clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the spare tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move 5 Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel and center cap 7 10 Some models V Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key is attached to the lug wrench and is stored with the spare tire Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove box and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut O To remove an antitheft lug nut Special ke
195. and AWD vehicles are not designed for cornering at high speeds any more than low profile sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions In addition utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles RSC might help if you get into trouble but then it might not be able to allow you to fully recover always drive carefully with the vehicle s height in mind Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded by lowering vehicle speed and applying the brakes earlier Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a high center of gravity is different when it is loaded compared to when it is not and could result in the loss of vehicle control and an accident Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Vv AWD Warning Light 4WD This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions e Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system e Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high e Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotation such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface or when trying to extricate the vehicle from mud sand or similar conditions If the AWD warning
196. and Industry Canada rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device Some models 5 71 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE FCC ID NZLOBIHL3 CANADA 4112A OBIHL3 This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected V Pre programming the HomeLink System NOTE It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal e Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program e Disconnect the power to the device V Programming the HomeLink System A CAUTION When programming a garage door opener or a gate disconnect the power to these devices before performing programming as continuous operation of the devices could damage the motor 5 72 The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current on market devices as follows 1 Press an
197. ase cceseseeseeeteeseeeees 3 46 HOM ninrin a 5 70 I Ignition K6YS i hie ee a ate 3 21 SWitehe ts pond eane a eee 5 2 Illuminated Entry System 6 138 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key cesses 3 50 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key 06 3 53 Indicator Lights 0 ecceeseeeeereeeee 5 43 BSM OFBYecinvateitiniinie 5 57 Ciise e 5 57 Headlight high beam 5 56 Secunty see Re 5 55 Shift position cceceeeeseeseeees 5 56 TCS OFF nc avin hi eespeas 5 57 TOS DS C aiai tues 5 56 Turn signal hazard warning 5 58 Information Display c 6 140 Ambient temperature display 6 141 Audio display c ceeeeees 6 142 Climate control display 6 142 Clockcin ieee 6 141 Information display functions 6 140 Trip computer cece 6 142 Instrument Cluster cee eeeeeeeeeeees 5 38 Interior Caienna nae n es 8 57 Interior Lights s sseeseeeseseeeeeeesee 6 138 J Jump Starting 0 eeeeceeseeeeteees 7 16 K Keyless Entry System eee 3 22 KEYS er eoar A A 3 21 Index L Label Information eceeeeees 10 2 Lane Change Signals 0 0 0 cesses 5 63 Lift ate nennen ensena ete 3 30 Light Bulbs Replacement ecceceseeeees 8 37 Specifications cccceeeeseseees 10 6 Lighting Control 00 00 eceeeeseeeeeees 5 60 Lubricant Quality 0 eee 10 4 Lugga
198. asing the HomeLink button proceed with Programming step 2 V Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons To erase the existing programming from all three operating channels press and hold the two outside buttons 1 2 on the auto dimming mirror until the HomeLink indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Verify that the programming has been erased when you resell the vehicle 5 74 Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system Climate Control System Bluetooth Hands Free sscseeseee Operating Tips Bluetooth Hands Free Vent Operation Front Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Fully Automatic Type cccceeeee Operation cee 6 120 Vent Operation Rear c ceseeceeseeeee Convenient Use of the Hands Free Control Panel Rear ssssscssseeeeseeeee Syste nerie rnei i 6 123 Hands Free Setting cece 6 129 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Audio System s csccsesresresrssesesseerees 6 17 seg E EAS ASE ET A 6 135 ATILENNAy ts 280i ENEA 6 17 Safety Certification c cccceceeeee 6 136 Operating Tips for Audio System 6 17 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Audio Set 202s eho anid 6 27 S LVICE asc cse te tteed eh nee 6 136 Audio Control Switch Operation Steering Wheel erer escort rociis 6 58 Interior Equipment AUX Mode Auxiliary input 6 61 EOE aceuorian S
199. at belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Center Rear Position Seat Belt Second Row Seats Before using the center rear lap shoulder belt make sure tongue A and anchor buckle B are fastened 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems AWARNING Using the Seat Belt Guide Not using the seat belt guide is dangerous If the seat belt guide is not used the shoulder portion of the center rear seat belt could be mistakenly positioned under the head restraint a position that cannot provide adequate protection in a collision and could result in the center rear passenger being seriously injured or killed Always make sure the shoulder portion of the center rear seat belt is on the right side of the left rear head restraint and guided correctly through the seat belt guide Seat belt guide V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue C 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt 2 28 3 Insert the seat belt tongue C into the seat belt buckle D until you hear a click sound B A WARNING Fastening the Center Rear Seat Belt with Only One Buc
200. at belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 58 V Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions V Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one
201. at caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 24 YV Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking 9 34 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 35 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Vehicle Loading This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight w
202. ate handle is pulled while the easy closure function is operating the liftgate can be opened e If the liftgate is opened closed repeatedly in a short period of time the easy closure function may not operate Wait for a while and then try again Power Windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for the power windows to operate AWARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Always lock all passenger power windows with the power window lock switch on the driver s side while children are in the vehicle and never allow children to play with power window switches Leaving the power window switches unlocked while children are in the vehicle is dangerous Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate power windows unintentionally which could result in serious injury if a child s hands head or neck becomes caught by the window Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Operating the Front Power Windows NOTE Each passenger power window can be operated with each door switch when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position page 3 41 Each passenger power window can also be operated by the power win
203. ated entry system operates the overhead light switch is in the DOOR position and the courtesy lights turn on for e About 30 seconds after the driver s door is unlocked and the ignition switch is in the LOCK position with the ignition key removed e With Advanced key About 5 seconds after all doors when the advanced key is outside of the vehicle Without Advanced key About 15 seconds after all doors are closed e About 15 seconds after the ignition switch is in the LOCK position with the ignition key removed with all doors closed The light also turns off when e The ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all doors are closed e The driver s door is locked NOTE Battery saver If any door is left opened the light turns off after about 30 minutes to save the battery The light turns on again when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or when any door is opened after all doors have been closed 6 138 Vv Overhead Lights When the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position the center rear overhead light can be turned on or off using the front overhead light switch Front OFF DOOR Switch gt Position Overhead Lights e Light off OFF e All overhead lights are off when the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position e Light is on when any door is open DOOR e Light is on or off when the illuminated entry system is on e Light
204. ating positions Child restraint systems with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed on the center seating position Some LATCH equipped child restraint systems can be placed in the center position and will reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors which are 500 mm 19 7 in apart LATCH compatible child restraint systems with attachments on belt webbing can be used at this seating position only if the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions state that the child restraint system can be installed to LATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm 19 7 in apart Do not attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor If your child restraint system has a tether it must also be used for your child s optimum safety 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor
205. ation and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1 500 lbs The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer and driver only 150 Ibs Consult your dealership or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5000 lb conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 Ibs For an 11 500 1b fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 Ibs
206. ation range becomes narrow or unsteady the battery may be dead Replace the battery using the following procedure Insulation sheet Battery CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent 1 1 Press the battery case tab in the direction indicated by the arrow using your thumbnail and pull out the battery case 2 Remove the old battery and install a new one with the plus pole pointed up Battery CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent 3 Press the battery case tab in the direction of the arrow until a click sound is heard NOTE If the remote controller is inoperable even after the batteries are replaced consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the correct pole pointing in the correct direction Battery leakage could occur if they are not installed correctly gt When replacing the batteries be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the remote controller as it could be damaged 6 81 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Sound Output Y Sound Output from Vehicle Speakers Vehicles with audio system Change the audio system to the Rear Entertainment System mode Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers For audio operation refer to Audio System page 6 17 Press the AUX button AUX on the audio
207. azda Security System NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost If a key is lost contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 54 V Operation Armin The system is armed when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the ACC or LOCK position The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every two seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming
208. ble at speeds greater than 15 km h 9 mph Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving under bad road conditions lower the vehicle speed and drive carefully Reckless driving and excessive speed under any road conditions is dangerous as it reduces vehicle stability and operability which could result in an accident 5 25 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt The DSC RSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC RSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used ora temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes gt Do not modify the suspension steering wheel and tires It may affect the DSC RSC gt Do not install non genuine speakers since their vibration may affect the DSC RSC sensors YV TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light This
209. by deployment of the front passenger air bag your vehicle is equipped with the front passenger seat weight sensors These sensors deactivate the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ib When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat the system shuts off the front passenger air bag so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children For more details refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 2 34 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants
210. cally turns on or off the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination see chart above A CAUTION gt Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly Light sensor AN gt The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the ignition switch is in the ON position as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The light may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels traffic jams inside tunnels or in indoor parking lots In this case the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position The timing for turning on the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination can be delayed by adjusting the sensitivity of the light sensor Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensor adjustment The sensit
211. cargo To retract the center belt and lower the seatbacks for carrying cargo insert a small object such as a key in the seat belt anchor buckle B slot A CAUTION Always unfasten the lap portion of the belt before folding the left rear seatback Leaving the lap portion of the belt fastened could cause damage to the seat belt seat belt buckle and seatback Y Stowing and pulling out the Center Rear Position Seat Belt The center rear position seat belt can be stowed using the following procedure A CAUTION When stowing the seat belt make sure the belt is locked securely into the recess If the seat belt is not properly stowed it might get caught in the seats and be damaged 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems To stow the seat belt retract the belt put the seat belt tongues A and C together and insert each tongue into the respective ceiling recess Insert the seat belt tongues until you hear a click sound Ceiling recess To pull out the seat belt press the area indicated in the figure upward with your finger and slide the belt forward Then slowly pull out the seat belt from the ceiling recess 2 30 NOTE e To encourage rear seat passengers to wear their seat belts we suggest leaving the center rear lap position of the belt fastened at all times except when folding the rear seat forward Pulling the seat belt all the way out will switch it to automatic locking mode
212. cargo weight The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 Ibs and a value of 385 kg 849 lbs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 lbs 68 kg 150 lbs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 9 38 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle
213. ccept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows and the moonroof but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the following pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 41 Opening Closing the Moonroof page 3 48 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 55 NOTE All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double c
214. ccsesesesesssssscesecesses 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels 0 0 cccccccccccesceessseeeesseeesseeeees 10 2 Specifications sccsccssccrssssccssssscsssesscssssssssssssssssssssssssoessessesees 10 4 Specifications sienne aar eee Sea ele Ra 10 4 10 1 Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels V Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield V Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label 7 W D d P 10 2 VY Chassis Number VY Vehicle Emission Control Information Label V Tire Pressure Label Except Canada Ky Ad V Engine Number NRA op O Forward ll Identification Numbers Specifications Specifications Y Engine Item Specification Type DOHC 24V 60 V 6 cylinder BorexStroke 95 5 x 86 7 mm 3 75 x 3 41 in Displacement 3 726 ml 3 726 cc 227 4 cu in Compression ratio 10 3 V Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 55AH S5HR MF Spark plug number CY01 18110 Spark plug gap 1 29 1 45 mm 0 051 0 057 in 1 ex factory A CAUTION When cleaning the platinum plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the platinum alloy could be damaged VY Lubricant
215. chamois to prevent water spots from forming A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle doesn t need it Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new
216. character at a time NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service Interior Comfort Audio System 6 51 Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Operating the In Dash CD Changer CD slot CD eject button Scan button Random button Disc up Folder up Load button CD play button button Track up Fast forward button Track down Repeat button Display button Power Volume dial Repeat button Display feed Channel preset buttons dial Disc down Folder down button Type Playable data NOTE Music MP3 CD player Music data CD DA The ep will begin playback automatically MP3 file after insertion NOTE A CD cannot be inserted while the display reads WAIT A beeping sound can be heard during this waiting time Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on iow thedise was recorded There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on Inserting the CD the CD The CD must be label side
217. cially the following types of vehicles Motorcycles e Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo e Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the rear bumper even in a minor accident If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor the system may not operate properly resulting in an accident e For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the country where the vehicle is driven The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U S A including territories Canada and Mexico If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a country other than the U S A Canada or Mexico the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFF switch The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of general freeways Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width the system may detect vehicles on a lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light beep On a road with wider lane width the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning light beep e Operation of the warning light beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warning light beep un
218. cing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 10 6 Some models Specifications Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 33 Standard tire Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear P245 60R18 104H 250 kPa 36 psi 250 kPa 36 psi P245 50R20 102V 230 kPa 34 psi 230 kPa 34 psi Temporary spare tire Except Mexico Tire size Inflation pressure T155 90D18 103M 420 kPa 60 psi Mexico Tire size Inflation pressure 195 80R17 99M 250 kPa 36 psi V Fuses Refer to the fuse rating on page 8 44 10 7 10 8 i j Index Index A Accessory Socket s 6 150 Add On Non Genuine Parts and AICCESSOLIES ti Raroa aa E ERR 9 18 Advanced Key cccccesesceeseesesteeeees 3 2 Advanced key maintenance 3 5 Advanced key suspend PUNCHON oh oii eee dae arni 3 16 Auxiliary key sses 3 16 Locking unlocking with request SWItCH ieina appeal 3 8 Operational range c eee 3 7 Remote control function 3 13 SERVICE Siw a 3 6 Setting change 0 cece 3 19 Warning and beep sounds 3 17 When warning indicator beep is activated nosenie iiini 3 20 Air Bag Systems cccececseeseereees 2 50 All Wheel Drive AWD Operation 0 0 0 eects 5 16 AWD Warnin
219. cking a channel 1 Select a channel to be locked by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select channel 100 Registered ID code input preparation 2 Hold the scan button then press channel preset button 6 hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 6 45 Interior Comfort Audio System 3 ENTER PIN appears for 2 seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Press the scan button after the code is input Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the code which has been input by pressing the scan button 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 8 If it matches the registered code SR1 LOCK appears for 3 seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI LOCK 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is activated At this time mute is on and no sound is heard How to clear the message e Press any of the following FM AM SAT CD AUX CAT ESN DISP Instant replay POWER buttons e Turn the ACC off or insert a CD NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for 10 seconds Err is d
220. cle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 32 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points YW Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service VY Tire Rotation To equalize tr
221. cle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS e Ifthe TCS is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition switch is turned on e Leaving the TCS on will provide the best traction e Ifthe TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed is more than 15 km h 9 mph it automatically activates and the TCS OFF indicator light will turn off e Ifthe TCS OFF switch is pressed and held for 10 seconds or more the TCS OFF switch malfunction detection function operates and the TCS and DSC RSC system activates automatically The TCS OFF indicator light turns off while the TCS system is operative Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety The Roll Stability Control RSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control rolling when cornering at a higher speed or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 7 and TCS page 5 22 DSC RSC operation is possi
222. closely follow the directions in this manual e Engine coolant page 8 21 e Engine oil page 8 19 8 16 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets
223. co If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico by one of the following ways Log on at www MazdaMexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 1 866 315 0220 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s Nn Importer Distributor VUSS A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine C
224. co f Door lock knob IN see rad C y 3 28 NOTE With advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside With retractable type key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside if the key is in the ignition switch When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention With advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle All doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open With retractable type key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open Locking unlocking with key All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key All doors and the liftgate unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the liftgate To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the
225. continues closing e When condition 2 is satisfied you can resume power liftgate open close operation with the switches When the ignition switch is in the ON position the transmitter does not operate Operation using the transmitter Press the open close button on the transmitter for one second or more with the power liftgate in the fully closed open position The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate opens closes after the beep sounds Refer to Keyless Entry System on page 3 13 3 34 Operation from the driver s seat To open close Press the power liftgate switch for about one second or more while the liftgate is in the fully closed open position The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate opens closes fully after the beep sound is heard Power liftgate _ switch Operation from outside To close only Press the power liftgate close switch while the liftgate is fully opened The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate closes automatically after the beep sound is heard Power liftgate close switch NOTE If the power liftgate switch power liftgate close switch power liftgate button on the transmitter is pressed or the outside handle is operated while the liftgate is opening closing electrically the beep sound is heard and the liftgate moves in the reverse direction automatically If this operation is repeated the system switches to manual op
226. cs A 3 21 Keyless Entry System o tecscsccscssssssesssssscssssessssssscssssessseees 3 22 Door LOCKS s22 esccescccesiccdl stages REAK R EAE EAA 3 27 Liftgate een eeir e tote eaten ens EE O N NESA 3 30 Power Windows cccccccccssccssscessceseceeseceseecesscesecesecseseeeseeenssees 3 37 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap 0 ccccccecescesseeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeseeneeenees 3 44 Hoodia EE EAER EE OEA 3 46 Moonroof aoasssssssssssssossssssosssesssriosssssrtesssstonssssstesssnierssssreersn 3 47 Security System ccssccsssscsssssscssesssssssesssssessssssssssssseesssseeees 3 50 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key c cesses 3 50 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key eeeeceree 3 53 Theft Deterrent System y sisicsassaadasots insu cacovssgasitesornnecetnoniean s 3 55 Steering Wheel and Mirrors csccsccsscsssssscsesrsssseesssseeees 3 58 Steeritig Wheelie r r E AA T ea 3 58 Mirrors onrera Pete er E A a 3 58 Some models 3 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Keys The advanced keyless functions advanced keyless entry and start system enables the following operations while the advanced key is being carried page 3 7 e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key e Starting the engine without operating the key Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3
227. csscssseesscsscssecsusescesessreeeees Power window switches c ccccccccscesscsscesccsssesccsecesccseessccsscsecesscesecsusesceseseneeeees Outside mirror switch wo eecceccescecesessccsecssesccsscesecsecsccsscesscsscesecsssessesesereeeess Headlight leveling switch c ccccecccesssseseseseseseesececeseseeceecseseseeeeseseseeeeeseeeaeeeeees 2 TOSORF switch Sorena ea cotevssuvs a e a RAEN E E cols Power liftgate Switch s sccccsscscescosascessscecancoencacencd rana E A E O bighine Control essre E EE E E E ENEN EEN R page 5 60 Turn and lane change signal ccccccscssesccsseseeseeseeseeeeeeecsecsecsecsecseeseeseeaseeens page 5 63 O Dashboard illumination knob c cccceccsseeseseesesseseeeeseeeesesecseeeesecsesececseeesseeeesees page 5 41 2 Instrument cluster cis cseciie dieses cit ati Gae dees EN N eaei page 5 38 3 Wiper and washer lever ccccccccecsessesseseeseeseeseeseeeesecsecseesecseeseeseeseeaseeeseesessenees page 5 64 4 Jenition Switch seite iea a ard Sot E E E nee page 5 2 Q Tilt wheel release lever cccececsccscscesseseesseseeseeseeecsecsecseesecsecsesseeseeaeeeeseeseeaesees page 3 58 0 Parking brake s c s 2 2 se0s sdideiecssetigivns shih Reseed sede eee an page 5 6 DBSMCOFF SWitel isseire aiaee e naea NEE RESE ERREEN page 5 36 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B
228. ct Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor Y STEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they
229. ction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 28 VY Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires an
230. d e The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position e The air bag system warning beep sound is heard e The air bags have deployed e Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart For more details about this indicator light and this chart refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 2 68 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the front seats front dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause s
231. d This does not indicate an abnormality NOTE Vibration of the brake pedal may be felt when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position however this is a normal operation of the DSC RSC and does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked after the engine is started page 5 43 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC position with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened 5 3 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Starting the Engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 1
232. d and unload vehicle while adjusting hitch This action will change the vehicle height gt Do not use an axle mounted hitch This may damage the axle and related parts W Tires When towing a trailer make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold tire pressure as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver s door frame Trailer tire size load rating and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications A WARNING Never use the temporary spare tire when towing Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as it could result in tire failure loss of control and injury to vehicle occupants Before Driving Your Mazda Towing V Safety Chains Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become unintentionally unhitched They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the hitch Leave enough slack to allow full turns Consult literature published by your trailer or hitch manufacturer for more details AWARNING Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior to departure Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle is dangerous If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball the trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision Trailer Lights Trailer lights must comply with all federal state and local
233. d be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Recommended Oil Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction U S A and CANADA ILSAC Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 Except U S A and CANADA ILSAC 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 5 Pull it out again and examine the level It s OK between MIN and MAX But if it s below MIN add oil to raise the level within the hatch
234. d flashes when there is a system malfunction Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires 5 29 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Adjust the tire pressure to the correct t
235. d hold the two outer HomeLink buttons buttons one and three releasing only when the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat step 1 to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two HomeLink buttons 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 5 7 5 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink button you wish to program while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the chosen HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons Do not release the buttons until step 4 has been completed NOTE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the Gate Operator Canadian Programming section 4 After the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light release both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons NOTE If the HomeLink indicator light does not change to a rapidly blinking light contact HomeLink at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 for assistance 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming
236. d your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Cont Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R R JRIRI R RI RIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R JR R IRI R IRIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I aa FL22 type Replace at first ON Ti after that every Others R R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses r I Hoses and tubes for emission PA I Fuel filter R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spar
237. da Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care so How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications 10 Technical information about your Mazda Index 11 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior Overview csssscscccssssssssccsssnsnsossssssnsccssssssnscessessnsssosseses 1 2 Interior Equipment View A s sssessssessessessrssssrseessssrseesesresrssesees 1 2 Interior Equipment View B ceceesceeseesseeseeteeeeeeteeeseeeeeenes 1 3 Interior Equipment View C ccecceesesseesseeseeteeeeeeseesseeeeneenes 1 4 Exterior Overview sesssssssesssoccecssoocceesssooceesssoceessssoceesscoccessssoceseee 1 5 Front se pete etrn EAE E A E A E E 1 5 Rear 2c ae ee a 1 6 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A WG GC D6orslOCk khob eran ER E seemed eee eau Power door lock switch c cccccccccsscccsscescesscsssesccsscesscseesscssseecesscssecsusesseseseneeeees Power window lock switch cccccccccccescesscsssescssscesesse
238. da cecccecsassrasueisceeeecsscceses 9 17 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOLICS oo eeeeeeeecesetecteceeeeneeneees 9 18 Cell Phones csccsscssssssssssceescesssesenese 9 19 Cell Phones Warning s seseeeee1e1ee 9 19 Type Approval of Equipment 9 20 Type Approval of Equipment MeXICO eeicecescentssosstiressisiictecticiestieds 9 20 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UT QGS iruin 9 22 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS saeni orikso 9 22 Tire Information except Canada 9 24 Tire Labeling ce eeeeeeeeeeseeteeees 9 24 Location of the Tire Label Placard s scc nieeenke Tire Maintenance aa Vehicle Loading cceeeeeeeeeteeteees Steps for Determining the Correct Load TAVIS aese e aE e eTe 9 43 Reporting Safety Defects ss0000 9 44 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 44 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 45 Service Publications cccsssccsssseee 9 46 Service Publications ccc0 9 46 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance U S A Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personne
239. dangerous Children are not aware of the dangers of people getting fingers and hands caught in a moving liftgate If someone s neck head or hands get caught in a closing door it could result in death or serious injury A CAUTION gt When closing the power liftgate make sure there are no foreign objects around the striker If foreign objects are obstructing the striker the liftgate may not close properly gt Do not install accessories to the power liftgate other than specified accessories Otherwise it cannot be opened closed automatically and could result in a malfunction gt Be careful when switching the power liftgate from electrical to manual operation The power liftgate may open close unexpectedly depending on its position which could result in injury Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Do not apply unnecessary force to the power liftgate when it is opening closing electrically Unnecessary force on the liftgate may cause it to reverse direction of movement automatically The power liftgate may not open close electrically if the vehicle is parked on an incline or there is strong wind or the liftgate is laden with snow The power liftgate will not operate unless it is unlocked The power liftgate does not operate unless it is unlocked using the power door lock function Refer to the Power Door Locks on page 3 28 If a power liftgate system fuse has blown the liftgate cannot b
240. dd on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your State or Province Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving 9 19 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Type Approval of Equipment Type Approval of Equipment Mexico Immobilizer system Este equipo opera a titulo
241. de If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat the previous step and also this one Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Refer to Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on page 2 63 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint AWARNING Do not seat a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate While it is always better to install any child restraint system on the rear seat it is imperative that a child restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child restraint system page 2 63 Seating a child i
242. de mirror After adjusting the mirror lock the control by placing the selector switch in the middle position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors YW Rearview Mirror A WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window Manual day night mirror 3 59 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE For the manual day night mirror perform the adjustment with the day night lever in the day position Reducing glare from headlights Manual day night mirror Push the day night lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare of headlights from cars at the rear Day Night lever as Auto dimming mirror The auto dimming mirror automatically reduces glare of headlights from cars at the rear when the ignition is switched ON The door mirrors also adjust in conjuncti
243. ded Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking Unlocking with Key The driver s door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to unlock toward the back to lock Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 VY Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 3 27 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob To lock any door from the inside push the door lock knob To unlock pull it out This does not operate the other door locks To lock any door with the door lock knob from the outside push the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door This does not operate the other door locks Aff
244. dels 2 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Front Seats Manually Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision 2 2 Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback Y Seat Slide A WARNING Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stop
245. der number will not be displayed MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single folder with up to 255 files can be played When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows However this unit will only display up to 32 characters including the file extension mp3 Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file extension 3 ISO9660 level 1 12 ISO9660 level 2 31 Joliet extended 64 format Romeo extended format 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available 6 24 A CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit About ID3 Tag display e This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3
246. der the following conditions The vehicle accelerates from a standing start with a vehicle alongside e Avehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when passing or being passed and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of time Ona steep incline or when there is a difference in height between lanes Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it has been turned off BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates by pressing the switch Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and operate the warning light beep it does not indicate a malfunction e If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction 5 34 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors The door window glass is tinted V BSM Warning Light Beep BSM warning light Equipped on the left and right door ila C This warning
247. dicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery power of the advanced key is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Battery Replacement page 3 6 3 Push in the start knob from the ACC position and turn it to the LOCK position A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position the ignition switch has to be pushed in from the ACC position and turned Without being pushed in the ignition switch stops at the ACC position and the vehicle battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is left in the ACC position When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch not in the LOCK position a beep sound is heard and the indicator light flashes to notify the driver Refer to Warning Beep page 3 17 Operation Using Advanced Key Functions V Keyless Entry System This system uses the more traditional keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and the liftgate and opens the power windows and the moonroof It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center
248. differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 16 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific emission and safety standards Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries In addition to registration problems satisfactory service
249. ding on the operation status as follows e Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec e Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Information display Telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status are displayed DISC IN ST RPTROM AUTOM JI Gib Microphone The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Microphone 6 117 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Audio unit Navigation system The audio unit or navigation system is used for adjusting the volume V Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position e Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate control system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorate under the following conditions e A passenger is speaking Driving with the window and or the moonroof open e Driving on bumpy roads e Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Construction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain e Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blo
250. display the initial setting function menu on the monitor screen NOTE The initial setting can be performed with no disc inserted e After setting the initial setting the playback starts from the first chapter track Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English Other xxx Japanese Menu Language Audio Language English Other x ex lt q Sub Title Japanese Language English gt Other kK 2 Move the cursor to the desired menu by operating the select button up down or left right 6 96 3 Press the ENTER button The selected menu is highlighted to indicate that the menu is selected Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English gt Other exx lt d Japanese English gt Other kK Sub Title Japanese Language English B Other xx exd Menu Language Audio Language 4 Select the item to be set by operating the select button up or down Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other KKK Audio Language gt Japanese Menu Language English Other OK KK Sub Title Language Japanese gt English lt Other ok ok ok ok 5 Press the ENTER button The highlighted color returns to the previous color to indicate that the selected item is set Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other kokk Audio Language Japanese Menu Language English Other OK Kk Sub Title Japanese Language English lt Other xk k k 6 To finish the function
251. ditioning operates when the A C switch is pressed even if the fan is off The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Indicator light remains on even when system is off Air intake selector S Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position lt amp indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position gt indicator light turned off Use this position for normal conditions and defogging AWARNING Do not use the lt amp gt position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident OUTSIDE Ambient Temperature switch Press the OUTSIDE switch to display the ambient temperature NOTE e The displayed ambient temperature may vary from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surrounding area and vehicle conditions e Press the OUTSIDE switch for three seconds or longer to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa e Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditi
252. dom button Track down CD play button Reverse button Power Volume dial Type Playable data Music data CD DA Music MP3 CD player MP3 file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 48 Repeat button Folder down button Display feed dial Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button 4 to eject the CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject button amp had been previously pressed Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button V to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button V once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3 CD playback
253. door or the liftgate is open door ajar included e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position e The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch V Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning When the start knob is returned to the ACC or LOCK position from the ON position the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance page 3 5 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change page 3 19 V Engine Start Not Permitted Warning Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position e The advanced key battery is dead 3 18 e The advanced key is not within operational range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range V Advanced Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep If an advanced key is left in the vehicle cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are locked using a separate advanced key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind
254. dow master control switches on the driver s door Owner master control switch Left rear window Right rear window The following functions can be performed for the front power windows using the power window master control switches on the driver s door or front passenger s door switch e Manual opening closing e Auto opening closing Two step down function 3 37 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Manual opening closing To open a power window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the power window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Owner master control switch wa co I CT N Front passenger switch a Auto opening closing To fully open a power window automatically press the switch completely down To fully close the power window automatically pull the switch completely up To stop the power window partway pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it 3 38 NOTE POWER WINDOW RESET PROCEDURE If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open close the power windows will not fully open and close automatically Resetting of the automatic function can be performed using the driver s master control switch or the front passenger door switch The power window auto function reset procedure can be done on
255. drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If it s at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F 8 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Don t add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling system gt Don t use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness 8 22 NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap use FL22 type engine coolant If engine coolant other than FL22 type is used the engine coolant must be replaced earlier than the specified replacement in
256. ds Free Operation 0 eceeeseeeeteeseeeees 6 120 Convenient Use of the Hands Free Syste a ai a a e 6 123 Hands Free Setting 00 6 129 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service cccccceee 6 136 Safety Certification 6 136 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used itansan sr 6 135 Body Lubrication ccseseeees 8 27 Bottle Holder ccccccceseesseesees 6 146 Brake Fluidsim aneas 8 23 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 7 Brakes assist cccsccesseeseeeseeeees 5 9 Foot brake csecscc sccssenconsesseseveeosts 5 5 Pad wear indicator cccsceee 5 9 Parking brake ssssensseeseessseseesesee 5 6 Warning light oseese 5 7 Break In Period cccccccceesseeseeseeees 4 6 Bulb Replacement eceeereees 8 37 C Capacities nesiuncia 10 5 Carbon Monoxide ccccccceseeseenees 4 4 Cargo Securing Loops s s s 6 147 Cargo Sub Compartment 6 148 Catalytic Converter ccceeseeeeee 4 3 Cell PHONES 3 23 ductive erann 9 19 Center Console cccccceesseesseesees 6 147 Index C Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 34 Installing child restraint SYSUEMS seve stadesncdosceyeateesdeayeetea cate 2 38 LATCH child restraint Syste MS iann caves onani on i E 2 45 Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors 3 30 Climate Control System e 6 2 Gas specifications cceee 10 5 ClOCK i iens fared e a 6 1
257. dvice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts 8 2 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eoeeeeeee 8 3 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers miles whicheve
258. e Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water VW Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicl
259. e Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light Beep on page 5 49 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC position with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 17 overrides the lights on reminder V Parking Brake Reminder If the parking brake has not been completely released and the vehicle is driven at about 5 km h 3 mph or faster a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the parking brake has not been released V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep z The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds when there is any abnormality in tire inflation pressures page 5 27 V Advanced Keyless Warning Warning indicators for the advanced key such as the advanced key removed from vehicle warning use a beep sound and warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on page 3 17 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Some models 5 59 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control V Headlights Type A Without AUTO position
260. e For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 ft e In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the chance of paint chipping e Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 53 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions Y Maintaining the Finish Washing To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when e The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter e The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth e The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff e Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes
261. e page 6 118 Say Beep Setup Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player Say Beep Passcode Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system Say Beep XX XX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode Prompt Passcode XX XX Passcode PCode Is this correct 6 132 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled returning to main menu Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep X XXX Say the set passcode PCode 4 If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXxX Ex Mary s device Device tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say
262. e press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and the hazard warning lights will flash twice NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 55 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within about 30 seconds Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button once will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter VY Transmitter Maintenance If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unu
263. e 2904 Thai th 2907 Tibetan bo 1114 6 106 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code List Country Code Country Code Afghanistan AF 1005 Cape Verde CV 1221 Albania AL 1011 Cayman Islands KY 2024 Algeria DZ 1325 Central African Republic CF 1205 American Samoa AS 1018 Chad TD 2903 Andorra AD 1003 Chile CL 1211 Angola AO 1014 China CN 1213 Anguilla Al 1008 Christmas Island CX 1223 Antarctica AQ 1016 Cocos Keeling Islands CC 1202 Antigua and Barbuda AG 1006 Colombia CO 1214 Argentina AR 1017 Comoros KM 2012 Armenia AM 1012 Congo CG 1206 Aruba AW 1022 Congo The Democratic cD 1203 Australia AU 1020 Republic of the Austria AT 1019 Cook Islands CK 1210 Azerbaijan AZ 1025 Costa Rica CR 1217 Bahamas BS 1118 Cote D Ivoire CI 1208 Bahrain BH 1107 Croatia Hrvatska HR 1717 Bangladesh BD 1103 Cuba CU 1220 Barbados BB 1101 Cyprus cY 1224 Belarus BY 1124 Czech Republic CZ 1225 Belgium BE 1104 Denmark DK 1310 Belize BZ 1125 Djibouti DJ 1309 Benin BJ 1109 Dominica DM 1312 Bermuda BM 1112 Dominican Republic DO 1314 Bhutan BT 1119 East Timor TP 2915 Bolivia BO 1114 Ecuador EC 1402 Bosnia and Herzegovina BA 1100 Egypt EG 1406 Botswana BW 1122 El Salvador SV 2821 Bouvet Island BV 1121 Equatorial Guinea GQ 1616 Brazil BR 1117 Fritrea ER 1417
264. e Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep French Say the desired language English French or Spanish Change the desired language by saying the language name 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Device programming Pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free the device has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure Without the navigation system Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile telephones can be programmed to your vehicle With the navigation system A maximum of seven devices including hands free mobile phones and Bluetooth audio devices can be programmed to one vehicle NOTE e A device can be programmed only when the vehicle is parked With the navigation system If a Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth audio device it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a hands free mobile phone Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a Bluetooth audio device if it has already been programmed as a hands free mobile phone e Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped device is about 10 meters 32 ft if a device is placed within a 10 meter 32 f
265. e Press the lock unlock button while the key is not inserted into the ignition switch A seat adjustment switch is operated e The vehicle moves or starts to move The selected programming button 1 2 or 3 or the set button is pressed again e Press the request switch on a front door or liftgate while the advanced key is being carried The set switch is pressed Essential Safety Equipment Seats Erasing memory After the following conditions have been met press the lock button on the advanced key retractable type key while pressing the set button until a beep sound is heard e The ignition switch is in the LOCK position The auxiliary key retractable type key is removed from the ignition switch e The driver s door is open NOTE Memory will also be erased if any of the following operations are performed The advanced key retractable type key code has been changed Refer to Immobilizer System with Advanced Key on page 3 50 Refer to Immobilizer System without Advanced Key on page 3 53 Refer to Immobilizer System on page 3 53 The vehicle battery is disconnected for vehicle maintenance or other reasons Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat Manually operated To increase the seat firmness pull the lever forward Push the lever backward to decrease firmness U yas Essential Safety Equipment Seats Electrically operated The amount of lumbar support can be adjusted by p
266. e can be muted during a call 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the talk button Short press Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted Y Transferring a Call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a device Mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a device Mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a device Mobile phone 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone Transferring a call from a device Mobile phone to Hands Free Communication between devices Mobile phone can be switched to Bluetooth Hands Free 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system VY Multi Call Functions Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls 6 125 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE To refuse an incoming call press the hang up button e After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Making a call using a telephone number 1
267. e disc Please input a 4 digit password x g g gg Set ENTER Cancel RETURN Bonus group means the Bonus tracks originally recorded in the disc V Assist Functions DVD video DVD audio video CD and audio CD Top menu and disc menu NOTE Operation may vary or cannot be performed depending on the disc Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc Top menu Multiple titles may have been recorded on some discs For these DVD discs the desired title can be selected in the top menu Disc menu The unique functions of each DVD disc are recorded as the menu This is referred to as the disc menu Various menu related images and sound are recorded in the disc menu 6 90 Displaying selecting top menu disc menu 1 To display the top menu on the screen press the MENU button while the disc is not being played To display the disc menu on the screen press the MENU button during playback 2 Move the cursor to the desired menu by operating the select button up down or left right 3 Press the ENTER button to operate the selected menu 4 To return to playback press the MENU button or the STOP button then the PLAY button Function menu In the function menu the following items can be selected operated while in playback Language sound and subtitle selection DVD video and DVD audio Subtitle ON OFF DVD video Display angle change DVD video and DVD audio Sound outp
268. e file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc Operating tips for Dolby Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby MLP Lossless and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Oea DIGITAL 6 71 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Operating tips for dts DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc DIGITAL SURROUND Vv Operation Tips for Headphones To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included Specification Item Content Transmission system Infrared light Modulation system Frequency modulation Carrier frequency Right channel 2 8 MHz left channel 2 3 MHz 6 72 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System YV Rear Entertainment System Main Unit Monitor screen release knob DISC IN indicator light Disc slot Eject button AUDIO VIDEO Wireless headphone signal transmitter Remote control signal receiver Monitor screen 6 73 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Remote Controller fe J SE RETURN MENU ma E To MODE 0 9 g k PREV RO cs 2 PLAY FWD O e
269. e may be longer depending on the disc _ Folder MP3 file WMA file Order of playback Co gp S A Level 1 Level 2 m Level3 Level 4 Function menu If MP3 WMaA files are to be played operate the select button and move the cursor to select the playback file playback mode and display mode Folder number Playback list number File number Playback elapsed time Playback mode Playback status 6 94 Folder File information display window Display mode tVoo1 001 00 03 03 ALL p gt PARENT FOLDER 00000000 e 1 AAA BBB cecccce cccccce DDD DDD DDD EEE AAA FFFFFF AAA GGGG AAA HHHHH a A FOLDER Changing the display mode 1 Move the cursor to the display mode by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Change the display mode by operating the select button up or down Display Displayed information FOLDER All folders and files display File tag display FOLDER name FILE name TITLE name ARTIST name and ALBUM name display Folder tree display TAG INFO TREE IDX Playlist display If there is a playlist on the disc Files on playlist display If the files on the playlist are being played CD track display If CD tracks on a disc which has both MP3 WMA and CD audio files are being played PLST IDX PLAYLIST CD TRACK Changing the playback mode 1 Move the
270. e neea 9 13 Washer Fl ld eissernir 8 26 Weights niinic iinis 10 5 Wheel Replacement sssssssseseeseeee 8 36 Windows Power Windows s es 3 37 Windshield Washer cseeeeeees 5 68 Windshield Wipers cccceeeeees 5 65 Blades replacement 8 27 Winter Driving eceeseseeseereeeees 4 10
271. e opened using the power liftgate switch or the outer handle liftgate Use the emergency lever to open the liftgate Fully close the power liftgate before disconnecting the vehicle battery If the battery is disconnected with the liftgate open it cannot be opened or closed automatically after the battery is reconnected To restore the power liftgate functions perform the following 1 Park on level ground 2 Fully close the liftgate manually 3 Unlock the liftgate and all the doors 4 Press the power liftgate switch or the power liftgate button on the keyless entry system transmitter to fully open the liftgate 5 Press the power liftgate switch or the power liftgate button on the keyless entry system transmitter again to fully close the liftgate 3 33 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Opening Closing the power liftgate If the vehicle has satisfied all the following operation conditions the power liftgate can be opened using the power function Operation conditions 1 The power liftgate is unlocked 2 The shift lever is in park P when the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTE If condition 2 is not satisfied while the power liftgate is opening electrically the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate will move in the reverse direction automatically Ifcondition 2 is not satisfied while the power liftgate is closing electrically the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate
272. ead wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z C 5 OF Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side 9 33 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator New tread Worn tread You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older He
273. ears for 2 seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Master code input 4 Input the master code using the channel preset buttons 1 4 Press the scan button inputting the code The master code is already set at the time of factory shipment Master code input determination 5 Determine the master code which has been input by pressing the scan button 6 PIN CLEARED appears which indicates that the master code input has been completed 7 The ID code is set to the default 0000 and the initialization process is completed NOTE Master code The Master Code is used to initialize or re initialize the ID code in the event that the code is not set to 0000 and or the personalized ID code is not known The initialization process resets the ID code to 0000 The master code can potentially defeat the intent of the security of the parental lock if it is located by persons not authorized by the owner to access certain channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code 0913 6 44 How to clear the message e Press any of the following FM AM SAT CD AUX CAT ESN DISP Instant replay POWER buttons e Turn the ACC off or insert a CD NOTE When a numeric value other than the master code is input and the scan button is pressed SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to the SRI display agai
274. ease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged
275. ecified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM e EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE
276. ect from inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the ignition switch is in the ON position as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when they activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE Switching the auto wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving at a vehicle speed of 4 km h 2 mph or higher or after driving the vehicle activates the windshield wipers once after which they operate according to the rainfall amount The auto wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about 10 C 14 F or lower or about 85 C 185 F or higher e If the windshield is coated with water repellent the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and auto wiper control may not operate properly o Ifdirt or foreign matter e g ice or matter containing salt water adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor or if the windshield is iced it could cause the wipers to move automatically However if the wipers cannot remove this ice dirt or foreign matter the auto wiper control will stop operation In this case pull the wiper lever to the low speed or high speed po
277. ect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in a well lit area for an accurate reading 8 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated 8 26 Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing NOTE Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from the same reservoir Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such a
278. ed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever 5 12 NOTE e When the ignition switch is in the LOCK position the shift lever cannot be shifted from P To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P With Advanced Key The ignition switch cannot be turned from the ACC to the LOCK position when the shift lever is not in P Y Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transaxle when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M NOTE Changing to manual mode can be done while driving the vehicle with no damage occurring to the transaxle To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE If you change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to M1 Indicators Shift position indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates Shift position indicator 808200 Gear position indicator pe SSS NOTE If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indicator wil
279. ehicle after the doors and the liftgate are closed The front power windows may be operated remotely when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the lock or unlocked position A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window and the moonroof Closing power windows and the moonroof are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window or the moonroof and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children 3 41 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE The power windows and the moonroof cannot be opened or closed from outside the vehicle under the following condition A door or the liftgate is opened The key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is in any position except LOCK With advanced key e The power windows and the moonroof may not close completely Make sure all the windows and the moonroof are closed If the power windows and the moonroof cannot be closed completely operate each power window switch or the tilt slide switch from inside the vehicle After closing the windows and the moonroof from outside the vehicle verify that they are completely closed Opening Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car Mazda has introduced a way to open the two front windows and the moonroof as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you get in A WARNING Use the remote auto
280. enger occupant classification system page 2 63 V Side Air Bags The side bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 A side air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact 2 57 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Curtain Air Bags The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window In a side impact Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that side only to inflate A curtain air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the
281. engine and depress the brake pedal 3 Move the shift lever through all ranges then set it at P A WARNING Make sure the brake pedal is applied before shifting the shift lever Shifting the shift lever without first depressing the brake pedal is dangerous The vehicle could move suddenly and cause an accident 4 With the engine still idling pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and put it back 5 Pull it out again The proper fluid level is marked on the dipstick as follows Fluid hot scale A When the vehicle has been driven and the fluid is at normal operating temperature about 65 C 150 F the level must be between Full and Low Fluid cold scale B When the engine has not been running and the outside temperature is about 20 C 70 F the fluid level should be close to but not above the bottom notch on the dipstick A CAUTION gt Use the cold scale only as a reference gt If outside temperature is lower than about 20 C 70 F start the engine and inspect the fluid level after the engine reaches operating temperature gt If the vehicle has been driven for an extended period at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather inspect the level only after stopping the engine and allowing the fluid to cool for 30 minutes Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fully insert the dipstick When adding fluid inspect with the dipstick to make sure it doesn t pass full NOTE Insp
282. ent speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 30 km h 19 mph If some other method besides the ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RESUME switch is pressed If vehicle speed is below 30 km h 19 mph increase the vehicle speed up to 30 km h 19 mph or more and press the RESUME switch To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods e Pull down the ON OFF switch e Slightly depress the brake pedal 5 21 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e Press the CANCEL switch The system turns off when the ignition is switched off NOTE Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as may happen when climbing a long steep grade 5 22 Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels without causing them to spin and lo
283. entire bandwidth is below 14 dBm 40 uW The active emitting antenna surface is 72 cm therefore the radiated power density in front of the BSM device is 0 55 W cm This value is far below the legal human exposure protection limit of 1 mW cm MPE in Europe and US Declaration of compliance for 24 GHz blind spot radar U S A FCC ID KR5SV2008BSD This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz blind spot monitoring BSM radar system which complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 This device may only work when the vehicle is in operation pursuant to 15 252 a 4 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving CANADA ICDCE2008075 temporary permission until RSS 220 is in force This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz blind spot monitoring BSM radar system which complies with the actually draft RSS 220 standard of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 This device may only work when the vehicle is in operation pursuant to RSS 220 5 2 b NOTE During printing time of this user manua
284. epending on vehicle speed e When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed 5 14 Second gear fixed mode When the shift lever is tapped back while the vehicle is stopped the transaxle is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier starting and driving on slippery roads If the shift lever is tapped back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled Shifting specification Shifting up If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted up to a higher gear Gear Vehicle speed MI gt M2 You can shift up to M2 whether the vehicle is stopped or moving M2 M3 15 km h 10 mph M3 M4 29 km h 19 mph M4 M5 40 km h 25 mph M5 M6 50 km h 32 mph Shifting down If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to protect the transaxle Gear Vehicle speed M6 M5 230 km h 142 mph M5 M4 201 km h 124 mph M4 M3 150 km h 93 mph M3 M2 96 km h 59 mph M2 M1 49 km h 30 mph During deceleration the gears shift down automatically when speed is reduced to the following Gear Vehicle speed M6 M5 47 km h 29 mph M5 gt M4 37 km h 22 mph M4 M3 26 k
285. eplace it A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arm and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand A CAUTION To prevent damage to the rear window let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the rear window 8 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of the blade holder M 4 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade CAUTION Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again 4 5 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal f Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling am Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batte
286. eration Jam safe equipment While the power liftgate is opening closing electrically and the system detects a person or an object in the liftgate s path the liftgate will move in the reverse direction automatically A WARNING Always check the area around the power liftgate before opening closing it Not checking for occupants and objects around the power liftgate before opening closing it is dangerous The jam safe equipment is designed to prevent jamming in the event an obstruction is in the liftgate s path The system may not detect certain objects obstructing the liftgate depending on the way they are positioned and their shape However if the jam safe function detects an obstruction and moves the liftgate in the reverse direction an occupant in the liftgate s path could be seriously injured Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Sensors are installed on both ends of the power liftgate Be careful not to allow the sensors to be scratched or damaged by sharp objects otherwise the liftgate may no longer open close automatically In addition if the sensor is damaged while the liftgate is closing automatically the system changes to manual operation NOTE The jam safe equipment does not activate during easy closure operation when the power liftgate is between the door ajar position and fully closed position When the power liftgate is moving in the open close direction and an obstruction i
287. erformance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing Except Mexico Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo If you tow a trailer follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends on proper equipment and safe driving habits Towing a trailer will affect handling braking durability performance and economy Never overload vehicle or trailer Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further details A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer during the first 11000 km 600 miles of your new Mazda If you do you may damage the engine transaxle differential wheel bearings and other power train components V Weight Limits TTW and GCWR The total trailer weight TTW gross combination weight rating GCWR gross axle weight rating GAWR trailer load and trailer tongue load must be within the prescribed limits e The total trailer weight TTW is the sum of the weights of the trailer load trailer weight plus cargo trailer hitch vehicle passengers and vehicle load Never allow the total trailer weight TTW to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing Load Table e The maximum GCWR is the combination weig
288. erious accident could occur For vehicles equipped with the advanced key the steering wheel locks when the starter knob is turned to the LOCK position Before leaving the driver s seat always put the key or start knob to LOCK position set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P It is important to place the key or start knob in the LOCK position even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without putting the ignition switch in LOCK position setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE If turning the key is difficult jiggle the steering wheel from side to side Leaving the key or start knob in any position but LOCK position also disables some of the security features and may run the battery down ACC Accessory The steering wheel unlocks and some electrical accessories will operate Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 43 NOTE When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be hear
289. erious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 69 2 70 Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ssscssssssseessees Advanced Keys PY sel Sees ace Jali A TAA Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ecceecee Advanced Key Suspend Function cccecceeseeseeereeseeteeeeees Warning and Beep Sounds escceseeseeeteeseeeeeeteeseeeseetseneeess Setting Change Function Customization cceseeeeeees When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated e eee Doors ANG LOCKS cisdeviscessess idscecdetssssssckesssaedesiaedstocdcesdessvecsesssieveade 3 21 EAE deaie tecceesccstesisah one tacksavadyous
290. erly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket location Tether strap position Tether strap Forward A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Second Row Center Seat The LATCH lower anchors at the center of the rear seat are much further apart than the sets of LATCH lower anchors for child restraint system installation at other se
291. es from damage caused by chemicals or stones This coating is liable to be damaged with time Check this coating periodically An Authorized Mazda Dealer are well informed on how repairs should be made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating NOTE Don t use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating e Only use a mild soap or neutral detergent and always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads This helps prevent corrosion e Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes Ifyour aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Interior Care Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor it If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling YV Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom
292. esecescsesssseceseseseeeeseseseseseeseseseseeesecseseseseecseseeseecaeseaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 3 Seat belt A EA T EEEN det E E ania E Rear entertainment system cccccccecssseseseseseeeseseseseseceecseseseeeeaeseaeeeenseseaeseeees 6 Center Consol ect ccnciieei ilies NE AE ee ee Remote fuel filler lid release Cup holders acianeciat awaits Anion nn ASEE EE coeliac analwiia OTT N A 16 e EO TE C Moonroof switches ccccccccssssssssscsseecssseceseescseseeseeecseseeseeesseeecsseeeseeecseeesseeeesees page 3 47 M Overhead Console 2is 2 s5s edi absiies seeks aetiis dads his Pa ds ee eee page 6 146 Rearview mintor arsar Aeddnindinin tied niaiad ERE R page 3 59 2 Vanity MiO sinnon aes Hee RAT eae ae ee ks page 6 137 3 Front seatanna E EOE eva E eas Red Sees page 2 2 Climate control system Rear cccccccscsseseesseseeseeseeseeseeesecsecsecseesecseeseeseeaeeeens page 6 14 9 Second row Seat ccccccssesssssessssseseeceesessessesessessesseeseeseesesseessecsessessesseeseeseeasenens page 2 10 0 Third tow Seat cisnienia E E E sibs anda ase page 2 15 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Front page 3 46 Windshield wiper blades ee cee cecscessceescescecesecesccssscesecesecsscesscessecesceseeens age 8 27 p pag Q MOONTOOL cist ac ese aateeeees cast cea ean a bios heeteen been eee age 3 47
293. estraint System SRS Precautions page 2 50 carefully Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 59 Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light Y Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg 66 lbs To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when e There is no passenger in the fron
294. ever comes first Maintenance Interval AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 45 000 km 28 100 miles a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 10 miles 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 5 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance
295. ey to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight 3 50 A CAUTION Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The advanced keys including auxiliary key carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement advanced key including auxiliary key requires some waiting time They are on
296. f it is not inserted securely it could detach from the transmitter 3 26 YW Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen bring all remaining transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment A WARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep all doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows and the moonroof lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unatten
297. f the law 5 70 HomeLink Wireless Control System NOTE HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Johnson Controls The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand held transmitters with a single built in component in the auto dimming mirror Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto dimming mirror activates garage doors gates and other devices surrounding your home Indicator light HomeLink button Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls A WARNING Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1 1982 Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death For further information contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or www homelink com or your Authorized Mazda Dealer Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before programming or during operation of the HomeLink system Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit A CAUTION HomeLink has been tested and complies with FCC
298. fication Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN 4 Purchase date 5 Present odometer reading 6 Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 5 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair a
299. fore occupants use the seat belts 7 If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap refer to the manufacturer s instructions to hook and tighten the tether strap after raising the head restraint Anchor bracket location Tether strap position Tether strap 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint AWARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 40 YW Third Row Seats Child Restraint System Installation The third row seats cannot accommodate LATCH type child restraint systems or tethers therefore these systems must be i
300. forward to the end of the track long press the seek tuning button A e Turn the manual tuning dial e Insert or play a CD Displaying the SIRIUS ID ESN When the ESN button is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer a 12 digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner is displayed SR bank number first 8 digits of SIRIUS ID ESN are displayed The 4 digits following the first 8 digits are displayed by turning the display feed dial clockwise While the last 4 digits of the 12 digit SIRIUS ID ESN are displayed turning the display feed dial displays the first 8 digits of SIRIUS ID ESN How to clear the message e Turn off the ACC e Turn off the POWER e Press any one of the following buttons FM AM CD AUX SAT ESN DISP CAT SCAN Instant replay or a channel preset button Turn the manual tuning dial Insert or play a CD e e If the SIRIUS ID ESN for the tuner does not display If ESN FAIL is displayed after pressing the ESN button for 1 5 seconds or longer contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Initialization of ID code If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 by performing the following steps Setting condition SAT mode 6 43 Interior Comfort Audio System Master code input preparation 1 Hold the scan button then press channel preset button 4 hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN app
301. friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazards e Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering e Do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal e If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the front wheels e Do not perform abrupt maneuvers when the road surface changes such as from a paved road to gravel because the reaction of the vehicle against the driving operation changes e Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips e For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or other nonslip material under the front wheels NOTE Use snow chains only on the front wheels Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Roll over A WARNING Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers when driving this vehicle Sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous as it could result in the increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle roll over personal injury or death This vehicle has a higher center of gravity Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and AWD vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and AWD vehicles are
302. g light 0 5 17 Ambient Temperature Display 6 141 Antenna eara neie nua a 6 17 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 7 Warning light oseese 5 8 Appearance Care sesesseseeeesessseeeeesee 8 52 Armrest BOX eestit ire tereiiis 6 147 Audio System ssssssssseseeseeseseesesseseeee 6 17 Audio control switch 0 6 58 Audio Setini ieii 6 27 AUX ModE maneran 6 61 Operating tips for audio SYSE lt i er REER 6 17 Safety certification ee 6 63 A Automatic Transaxle Driving tips eeeeeseeseeteeteeee 5 15 Meite EA S 8 24 Manual shift mode eee 5 12 Shift lock system ceeeeee 5 12 Transaxle ranges s s s 5 11 B Battery Emergency starting 0 0 0 0 7 16 Maintenance 00 0 eeeeeeeeeneeees 8 31 Specifications eceeeeseeeees 10 4 Beeps Ignition key reminder 5 59 Lights on reminder eee 5 59 Parking brake reminder 5 59 Seat belt warning beep Sounds 5 58 Tire inflation pressure warning peep ruri 5 59 Before Starting the Engine 4 5 After getting 19 eeeeeeeeee 4 5 Before getting 1M cece 4 5 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System 00 ee eeeeeeeeceneeeneeeee 5 33 BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 35 BSM OFF Switch eee 5 36 Care of Radar Sensors 5 36 Warning Light Beep 5 35 B Bluetooth Hands Free 6 6 116 Basic Bluetooth Han
303. g pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 41 Opening Closing the Moonroof page 3 48 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed 3 23 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will flash once NOTE Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock the doors while any door is open does not sound the horn Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 55 NOTE All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch e Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button and the hazard warning lights will flash twice 3 24 To unlock all doors and the liftgat
304. g the trailer on platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company YW Trailer Hitch Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross trailer weight requirement When not towing a trailer remove the trailer hitch if detachable to reduce the possibility of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear ended 4 16 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing A WARNING Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from crosswinds rough roads or other causes resulting in loss of control and a serious accident Examine all trailer hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose If the hitch is removed seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust dust water dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in possibly endangering personal safety and damaging your vehicle Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper s performance Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any mounting bolts are connected to the body Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous Exhaust gas entering the vehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death When mounting the trailer hitch make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust system A CAUTION gt Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads Do not loa
305. ge Compartment Light 6 139 M Maintenance Introduction ccccccesseeseesseeeeeees 8 2 Owner maintenance PLECAUTIONS ncn 8 17 Owner maintenance schedule 8 16 Scheduled iosieme 8 3 Map Lights ceseeseeseeseeeeeteeseees 6 139 Mirror Defroster ccecceseeeeeseees 5 69 Mirrors Outside MILTOLS eeeeeeeeeeeee 3 58 Rearview Miror 0 0 eee 3 59 Money Saving Suggestions 4 6 Moonroof ecescesseeseeeceeceeseeeseeseesees 3 47 O Odometer and Trip Meter 5 39 Outside Mirrors ceceeseseeseeseeeees 3 58 Overhead Console ececeeee 6 146 Overhead Lights 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeees 6 138 Overheating ccceceeceeseeseeeeeteeeees 7 14 Overloading eeeeeeseeseeseereeteenees 4 12 P Paint Damage cccccceeseseeteeteeees 8 52 Index P Parking Brake ossee 5 6 Parking in an Emergency 006 7 2 Power Door Locks csccseeeeeeees 3 28 Power Liftgate 0 eceeeseseeseeeeeeees 3 32 Power Outlet ccceccsesesseeseeeeees 6 151 Power Steering ceceeseeseeseeseeeees 5 16 Fluid os iste ote etna 8 24 Power Windows cccceseseereeteeees 3 37 Push Starting cceccecseeseeseeteereeees 7 18 R Rear Door Child Safety Locks 3 30 Rear Entertainment System 6 64 Before operation eceeeeees 6 76 Country code list eee 6 107 Language code list 0 0 0 0
306. gerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 4 Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown 7 11 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire If you are unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque 107 8 147 0 11 0 14 9 79 6 108 4 A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident Nm kgfm ft Ibf Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Open the cargo sub compartment Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on page 6 148 6 Remove the cover 7 12 7 Remove the belt for securing the flat tire 8 Return the third row seatback to its original position Refer to Fold the Third Row Seat on page 2 15 9 Remove t
307. gging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly e On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YV TCS OFF Indicator Light TCS OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It also illuminates when the TCS OFF switch is pressed and TCS is switched off Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 24 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after turning the ignition switch to the ON position attempt the procedure again If this still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 23 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving VW TCS OFF Switch If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km h 9 mph press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the TCS The TCS OFF indicator light will illuminate TCs OFF ore Press the switch again to turn the TCS back on The TCS OFF indicator light will turn off If the vehicle speed is more than 15 km h 9 mph the TCS OFF indicator light will not illuminate even if the switch is pressed 5 24 NOTE e When TCS is on and you attempt to free the vehi
308. gt Be careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them The following points regarding the battery must be observed If the batteries are not handled properly it could result in a headphone malfunction gt Do not use rechargeable batteries gt When replacing the batteries replace both batteries at the same time Do not use a new battery and an old battery or the different types of battery 6 85 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Rear Entertainment System Functions Y Mode The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes Mode Function Page A DVD video video CD DVD audio and audio CD can be Disc mode 6 87 played AV equipment with output terminals for image and sound AUX Auxiliary mode such as a video game player and a video camera can be 6 101 used Auxiliary terminals in which AV equipment can be connected are equipped Refer to Auxiliary terminals and accessory socket on page 6 101 Mode change Press the SOURCE button The mode changes between Disc and AUX Disc mode gt AUX mode DISC is displayed AUX is displayed 6 86 DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback Disc Mode DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD can be played in the Disc mode A CAUTION For safe driving adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard NOTE Do not use
309. h All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors or the liftgate while the advanced key is being carried Front doors Liftgate Request switch Ea To lock To lock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 55 To unlock Driver s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the request switch again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has
310. h e Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotation such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface or when trying to extricate the vehicle from mud sand or similar conditions If the AWD warning light illuminates If the AWD warning light illuminates contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 51 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the AWD warning light flashes Park the vehicle in a safe place After a few moments if the warning light stops flashing you can resume driving If the light does not stop flashing contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Never spin a wheel that is off the ground Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating oil leakage and a fire V Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 52 Some models AWARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decr
311. h wet hands gt Do not put anything other than plugs into the outlet gt Do not disassemble the outlet A CAUTION gt Always close the cover when not in use If foreign objects or liquid penetrate the outlet it may cause a malfunction gt Do not use electrical appliances that exceed the prescribed power capacity It may cause a malfunction NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling Plug in 1 Open the cover 2 Lightly insert the plug and turn the outlet 90 degrees then insert it fully POWER OUTLET D 1 Unplug 1 Pull the plug out 2 Close the cover Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE The following electrical appliances may not operate even if their electrical capacity is 100 Wor less e Appliances requiring large amounts of power for activation such as cathode ray tube televisions refrigerators with a compressor electrical pumps and electrical tools e Appliances with a power supply frequency switch function such as clocks and audio e Appliances for precise data processing such as measurement equipment Some electrical appliances other than the above may not operate The protection circuit may operate and the power supply may be stopped to prevent battery depletion When using an electrical appliance for data processing such as a personal computer back up the data frequen
312. haust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin Before Getting In Be sure the windows outside mirrors and outside lights are clean Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires
313. he button is being pressed When the seek tuning button A is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the next program When the seek tuning button A is pressed about 1 5 seconds while the last program is being played the instant replay mode is cancelled When the seek tuning button A is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer the program is fast forwarded while the button is being pressed When pressing and holding the button until the end of the program the instant replay mode is cancelled When the instant replay button is pressed again playback is paused or playback starts if it has been paused Instant replay PAUSE If the instant replay button is pressed while the instant replay mode is off instant replay mode is turned on in a paused condition PAUSE Press the instant replay button again to resume playback from the point at which it was paused NOTE If the channel is changed the instant replay buffer data is deleted After turning on the power and switching to SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode the instant replay mode is not available for several seconds after changing channels How to cancel the instant replay e Turn off the ACC or POWER e Press any one of the following buttons FM AM CD AUX SAT TRACK SEEK CAT or a channel preset button Short press the seek tuning button A to the last track while tracking up Interior Comfort Audio System e To fast
314. he following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact Say Beep Erase all Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phonebook Say Beep Yes Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phonebook Do you want to continue Say Beep Yes Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phonebook 10 Prompt Hands Free system phonebook erased returning to main menu Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the list of names registered to its phonebook 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 Say Beep Phonebook Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 6 128 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phonebook Press the talk button Short press during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Continue Continues the list read out Call Calls the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits the registered phonebook data when the tal
315. he main pointed towards the main unit s unit s transmitter The main unit s transmitter is located transmitter near the disc insertion area There is an obstruction between the Avoid theobiiriction headphones and the main unit No audio The headphones batteries are depleted Replace the batteries with new ones The headphones batteries have not been correctly inserted in the directions Insert the batteries correctly The headphones are exposed to direct sunlight Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight Power turns off automatically If there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer or if the headphones are continuously used for 4 hours there is a function which automatically turns the power off Turn the power to headphones back on 6 114 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptom Cause Action The headphones optical reception range is too narrow The headphones batteries are weak Replace the batteries with new ones There is excessive noise in the headphone audio The headphones batteries are weak Replace the batteries with new ones 6 115 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Y What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible us
316. he steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident V Steering Wheel Adjustment To change the angle or length of the steering wheel 1 Stop the vehicle pull down the lock release lever under the steering column 2 Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions push the lever up to lock the column 3 Push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving 3 58 Mirrors V Outside Mirrors Check the mirror angles before driving Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mirror Convex type front passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface A WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror 2 Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Selector switch a ay Mirror switch N WE s XN Outsi
317. he tire blocks and store the tools and jack 10 Place the flat tire in the cargo sub compartment 11 Thread the belt through the wheel as shown in the figure then attach the belt clips to the attachment loop NOTE Attach location 1 of the belt to the attachment loop on the right Belt clips 12 Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 13 Check the tire inflation pressure Refer to the specification charts on page 10 6 14 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible AWARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident When you check the regular tires air pressure check the spare tire too NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 29 NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly 7 13 In Case of an Emergency Overheating If the temperature gauge indicates overheating the vehicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING es 3 Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not run
318. his unit is limited e o o Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file exten sion ISO9660 level 1 12 ISO9660 level 2 31 Joliet extended format 64 Romeo extended format 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available MP3 A CAUTION This unit plays files with the mp3 file extension as a MP3 file Do not use the MP3 file extension for files other than MP3 files It may cause noise or a malfunction e Ina MP3 file the track name artist name album name and category name are recorded with data called ID3 Tag and the information can be displayed on the monitor e MP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension mp3 to the end of the file name and then write the disc Playlist This unit can play playlist files Playlist is a function that allows free setting of the playback order of MP3 files The file extension of a playlist file in which the order of playback is recorded is m3u or pls Operating tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can
319. hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright V Armrest The armrest can be used no occupant in the center seat or placed upright Do not recline a second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied Reclining the second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied is dangerous Because the clearance in the third row seat is limited occupants in the third row seat could be hurt seriously on a reclined second row seatback To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while pulling the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 12 YW Third Row Seat Access After folding the second row seat seatback and sliding the seat forward you can access the third row seat easily Entering exiting the third row seat area Raise the lever on the side of the second row seat to fold the seatback forward and slide the seat forward After entering exiting the third row seat area 1 Return the second row seatback to its upright position and lock it after sliding it backward Make sure it is locked by attempting to lightly move it forward
320. hot days and on long or steep upgrades If the temperature gauge indicates overheating turn off the air conditioner drive safely to the side of the road park off the right of way and wait for engine to cool Refer to Overheating page 7 14 Parking Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P Avoid parking on an incline but if you must follow these instructions 1 Depress and hold down the brake pedal 2 Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires 3 Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load e Ifthe grade is downhill turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face the curb e Ifitis uphill face the rear of the front tires against the curb 4 Firmly apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transaxle into P and stop the engine To restart after parking on an incline 1 With the transaxle in P start the engine Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Shift into gear 4 20 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing 3 Release the parking brake also the foot brake and pull away from the wheel blocks Stop apply the parking brake and shift into P 4 Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks Fuel consumption Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption Maintenance If you tow a trailer frequently have your vehicle ser
321. ht illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately Vv Parking Brake Reminder If the parking brake has not been completely released and the vehicle is driven at about 5 km h 3 mph or faster a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the parking brake has not been released V Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal when the ABS operates Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a substitute for safe driving The ABS and RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You
322. ht of the trailer and load plus the towing vehicle including trailer hitch vehicle passengers and load It must not exceed specifications in the load table GAWR and GVWR Do not exceed front and rear GAWR gross axle weight rating and GVWR gross vehicle weight rating If you do vehicle handling braking and performance will be affected These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver s door frame High altitude operation In a high altitude operating environment a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3 to 4 per 304 m 1 000 ft of elevation In these conditions a reduction in gross vehicle weight and gross combination weight is recommended TRAILER TOWING LOAD TABLE Because vehicle weights vary adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this table Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Item Model Without Towing Package With Towing Package MAX FRONTAL AREA 2 97 m 32 fi 4 65 m 50 ft Add trailer s weight load and hitch vehicle passengers and vehicle load i e baggage food camp gear TRAILER TON Tf riley la wr Tongue load MAX TTW 907 kg 2 000 Ib 1 588 kg 3 500 Ib 3 096 kg 6 826 Ib 3 777 kg 8 327 Ib MAX GCWR 5 5 3 201 kg 7 057 Ib 3 882 kg 8 558 1b 1 271 kg 2 802 Ib Front 3 1 307 kg 7 2 881 Ib MAX GAWR 1 390 kg 1 3 064
323. icated by the arrow to hold the hood open V Closing the Hood A WARNING Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 1 Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Insert the support rod in its clip while holding up the hood Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood 3 Close the hood so that it locks securely Moonroof The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only when the ignition switch is in the ON position Slide switch Tilt switch AWARNING Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of their body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving Extending the head arms or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious injury or death Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof A closing moonroof is dangerous The hands head or even neck of a person especially a child could be caught in it as it closes causing serious injury
324. ichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns gt Avoid locked wheel braking gt Do not use chains on a temporary spare tire it may result in damage to the vehicle and to the tire gt Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged gt Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped with P245 50R20 specification tires could cause interference with the vehicle body and scratching If tire chains are to be used replace both front and rear tires with P 245 60R18 tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the front tires Do not use chains on the rear tires Use only genuine Mazda tire chains Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains 1 Secure the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving In Flooded Area A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when brak
325. icult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove box Move the advanced key to another place turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and then restart the engine e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails to start check the security indicator light If the indicator light is flashing turn the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position and wait for a while then restart the engine If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Ifthe security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing you will not be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the advanced key including auxiliary key are needed Bring all the advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 52 V Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system o
326. if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 which automatically deactivates the front passenger air bag a rear seat is the safest place for a child of any age or size Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 45 A WARNING Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats Installation of a tether equipped child restraint system in the front passenger s seat or the third row seats defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered Place tether equipped child restraint systems where there are tether anchors 2 38 Y Second Row Seats Child Restraint System Installation Follow these instructions when using a child restraint system unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 45 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system or tether check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may use LATCH system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes across the child
327. ility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep cup holders closed when not in use VW Front To use the cup holder push the release button V Rear Second row seat Cup holders are located in the armrest Third row seat Cup holders are located in the third row seat side trims Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Right side a E ee ee Left side eee Some models 6 145 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Bottle Holder Bottle holders are on the inside of the doors Bottle aN A CAUTION Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed 6 146 Storage Compartments A WARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving A CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature VY Overhead Console This console box is designed to store accessories Push and release to open VY Coin Box To open press the release catch down and pull the lid downward gt A V Glove Box To open the glove box pull the latch toward you Insert the key auxiliary key and turn i
328. ill also damage it If the brake system frequently requires new fluid consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Power Steering Fluid Y Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump don t operate the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low NOTE Use specified power steering fluid page 10 4 Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold Add fluid if necessary it does not require periodic changing The level must be kept between MAX and MIN Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If new fluid is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 24 Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF V Inspecting Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level The automatic transaxle fluid level should be inspected regularly Measure it as described below The volume of fluid changes with temperature Fluid must be checked while idling the engine without driving at normal operating temperature A CAUTION gt Low fluid level causes transaxle slippage Overfilling can cause foaming loss of fluid and transaxle malfunction gt Use specified fluid page 10 4 A nonspecified fluid could result in transaxle malfunction and failure 1 Park on a level surface and set the parking brake firmly 2 Start the
329. impact In a roll over In response to a vehicle roll over both curtain air bags inflate Both curtain air bags will deploy after a roll over accident is detected 2 58 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light QO 6 4 If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute After that the one minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes Have your vehicle in
330. in the lights and horn will activate until a door or the liftgate is unlocked with the key or with the transmitter Some models 3 55 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE If the battery goes dead while the theft deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced VY How to Arm the System 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch With advanced key Turn the start knob to the LOCK position 2 Make sure the hood is closed Close and lock all doors and the liftgate from the outside using the key If you have the keyless entry system press the lock button on the transmitter With advanced key Press a request switch or the lock button on the transmitter Without advanced key The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system Close the hood and the liftgate Press the area on the door lock switch marked f once Close all doors The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed The theft deterrent system can also be armed by activating the auto re lock function with all the doors the liftgate and the hood closed 3 56 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter or the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock and the hazard warning lights will flash if any of the following operations are not performed within about
331. in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software Interior Comfort Audio System VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality 6 25 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System Audio information is displayed on the information display CD Player In Dash CD Changer sas mes 3DISCA FOLDER Power Volume Sound Controls cccccescesseeseeseeeceeseeeseeseceeeeaeeeeecseenseeaeeneeeeeneeas page 6 28 Operating the Radisa eere iae aa aea a Ees e e E EE AEN page 6 34 Operating the Satellite Radio ssssseneeseeseesssesseseesessesessesrsessrsessessesesseseeseseesessesees page 6 36 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player s ssssssesssesesesseseesres
332. in menu is announced Voice recognition learning on off 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disable Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Disable or Enable 5 When Disable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned off When Enable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned on 6 Prompt Speaker Enrollment is disabled enabled returning to main menu Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions e e e e e The device is outside of the communication area The device has a malfunction The device is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle The device s battery is weak The device is turned off The device is placed where radio reception is difficult When the ignition is turned off LOCK 6 135 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC07 IC 279B MBLUEC07 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause u
333. indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC RSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 26 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly Some models 5 27 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt Each tire including the spare if provided should be
334. ing could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 4 11 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Overloading A WARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle 4 12 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the following conditions e Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle e Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading p
335. ing the select button up or down 3 Press the ENTER button Playback starts from the first track in the selected folder NOTE e A mark is attached to a folder if the folder has a playable MP3 WMA file e Ifa disc including a playlist is being played the playlist file can be selected Playlist file playback Playlist files can be played using the following procedure 1 Set the display mode to the TREEIDX mode Refer to Changing the display mode on page 6 93 2 Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST by operating the select button 3 Press the ENTER button to change the display from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX 4 Move the cursor to the desired playlist file by operating the select button up or down 5 Press the ENTER button Playback starts in the order programmed in the playlist file NOTE The loading time after pressing the ENTER button may be longer depending on the disc 6 95 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V Initial Setting Function The settings set in the initial setting function remain after the unit is turned off or the disc is changed The following items can be set in the initial setting Lang Sound and subtitle setting Rating Parental lock setting Mark On Screen Mark Angle Mark and Mode Priority settings Audio Audio DRC setting Aspect Not available Displaying selecting the initial setting function menu 1 Press the SET UP button while the disc is not being played to
336. ing the talk button pick up button and hang up button located on the steering wheel and saying the voice commands A WARNING Perform phonebook registration related operations while the vehicle is parked Performing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could result in the loss of important data Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone A Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the device Mobile phone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without direct use of the device Mobile phone 6 116 Some models A CAUTION The types of devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited so before purchasing or changing your device Mobile phone model consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile however even among these Bluetooth devices Mobile phone are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding device Mobile phone compatibili
337. ing zone 8 20 A CAUTION Don t add engine oil over MAX This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick Engine Coolant V Inspecting Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it es 3 Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Zg min Y Do not remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may
338. ins rizici iiss 4 10 Uniform tire quality grading system UTOGS ereere 9 22 Tolpe eean enn eae 7 3 Index T Towing Description s sesseseesseeiseesesseseeee 7 19 Emergency towing s s s 7 19 Recreational towing 0 7 22 Trailer towing Except Mexico ceceeceeseeees 4 14 Traction Control System TCS 5 22 TCS OFF indicator light 5 23 TCS OFF switch oo eee 5 24 TCS DSC indicator light 5 23 Trailer TOWING 0 00 ceeeeseeseeseeteeeees 4 14 Trip Meter ereere ia 5 39 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 63 Vv Vanity MUITOrs eseese 6 137 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 11 7 Index W Warning Lights eeeeeeseeeeeees 5 43 ABS iapa heiet 5 46 Air bag system sses 5 48 Automatic transaxle 6 5 51 AW Died aie Mit ictsectesds S 5 51 Brake system ceccecceeseteeeees 5 45 Charging system 5 47 Check engine 0 0 eeeeeeseeeees 5 47 Check fuel capo eeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Dor ajars oits2 oie i Sees 5 51 Engine oil pressure 006 5 47 Front seat belt pretensioner SYSLEMD yt ea hi aie aie a 5 48 KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Gren alee retold cet TE ey 5 54 Low fel sisi Se icin eens 5 49 Low washer fluid level 5 51 Powertrain malfunction reduced POWER asics a 5 48 Seat beltineictetedienseweitens 5 49 Tire pressure monitoring SYSUEMW ene as Oa nE 5 52 Warraityzsseneunenean
339. ion 3 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and within 40 seconds turn the ignition switch to the ON position and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds Press the power window switch 2 times firmly then pull 2 times firmly Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE The two step down function cannot be canceled if the procedure is not completed within the specified times or the procedure is changed along the way To redo the procedure first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and proceed from the beginning Ifyou are unable to cancel the function despite carrying out the cancellation procedure consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Restoring the two step down function With the two step down function in the canceled state repeat the previous procedure for canceling the function on each door switch and it will be restored NOTE If you are unable to restore the function despite doing the restore procedure consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Jam safe window If a person s hands head or an object blocks the window during the manual closing operation or the auto closing operation the window will stop and open halfway AWARNING Make sure nothing blocks the window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the
340. ions perform any one of the following e Press the lock or unlock button on the advanced key which has had its functions temporarily suspended e While carrying another advanced key push in the start knob until the KEY indicator light green illuminates e Insert the auxiliary key and turn the ignition switch to the ON position Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Warning and Beep Sounds Y System Malfunction Warning Beep If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously and beep sounds will be heard A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red remains illuminated do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 VY Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep If the start knob is in the ACC position and the driver s door is opened a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position In this case the keyless entry system does not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery will run down Y Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep Under the following conditions a beep sound will be heard and the
341. ior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation Language setting English Spanish and Canadian French are available If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in the selected language NOTE If the language setting is changed device registration is maintained Phonebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Method 1 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish 6 120 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt French Desired language selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Activat
342. ips for DVD video Region code The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video The playback restriction area is indicated by a region code and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area The region code for U S A and Canada are 1 DVD videos bearing region code including 1 or ALL on the package or the instruction manual can be played by this unit The region code setting for this unit has been set to 1 DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual can be played 6 68 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Playable DISC specification CD R and CD RW including MP3 WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Name Standard Explanation Level 1 1SO9660 Level 2 CD R CD RW format Joliet ISO9660 extension Romeo Multi session Supported Maximum hierarchy number 8 hierarchies Including root Maximum folder 256 folders number 512 files Total capacity included in a disc Files other than MP3 or WMA are not Maximum file number included Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media b
343. ir bags Please verify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations e The steering wheel hub driver air bag e The front passenger dashboard front passenger air bag The outboard sides of the front seatbacks side air bags e The front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides curtain air bags The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to e Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag e Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions or roll over accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body e Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle e e e Your vehicle is also equipped w
344. ire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged 5 30 NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures e After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires loose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a
345. is warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates while driving the fuel filler cap may not be installed properly Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel filler cap Refer to the fuel filler cap on page 3 45 V Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Conditions of operation Condition The driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Result The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The driver s seat belt is fastened before the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard 5 49 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Belt minder Driver seated Front passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental Driver seated Front passenger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below
346. isplay Ambient temperature Temperature Temperature setting display driver seting display front Passenger Driver temperature control dial Fan control dial Front passenger temperature control dial A C switch AUTO switch DUAL switch 3 Mode select o selector OFF switch OUTSIDE Ambient switc temperature switch pom come oat we to ol Windshield defroster switch Air intake selector V Control Switches AUTO switch AUTO By pressing the AUTO switch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the selected set temperature e Airflow temperature e Amount of airflow e Selection of airflow mode e Outside Recirculated air selection e Air conditioner operation NOTE AUTO switch indicator light When on it indicates AUTO operation and the system will function automatically When off it indicates the operation of other switches such as the mode selector switch fan control dial A C switch and windshield defroster switch Other functions will continue to operate automatically OFF switch Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Interior Comfort Climate Control System Temperature control dial y 3 tly lt Cold Hot This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold e When the DUAL switch is off Turn the driver temperature control dial to control the tem
347. isplayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used 6 46 Lock cancellation Setting condition SAT mode Releasing a locked channel 1 Select a channel to be released by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select the locked channel i e 100 At this time SRI LOCK 100 is displayed Registered ID code input preparation 2 Hold the scan button then press channel preset button 6 hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for 2 seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Press the scan button after the code is input NOTE If Err is displayed go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset the ID code to 0000 Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI Interior Comfort Audio System 8 If it matches the registered code DLP Down Link Processor SR1 UNLOCK a
348. issions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R R R IRIR IRIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R IR RIRIR IRIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I EE FL22 type Replace at first er penne ee after that every Others R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C Fuel lines and hoses i Hoses and tubes for emission i Fuel filter R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every
349. it rate of 128 kbps or more If a disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP31i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats Interior Comfort Audio System About folders and files e The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep The arrangement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows e File number A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep e Folder number A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep NOTE Folders and tracks files within the same hierarchy play in the order they were written to the disc depending on the write software Folder oe 9 Folder J Track File 3 ect ete y aoe no 4l fe Ii ete 06 nO ral 5 i y gt T T revel Level2 Leyel3 Level4 Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit 6 23 Interior Comfort Audio System The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the fol
350. ith a driver and front passenger occupant classification system For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 34 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 50 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions or roll over accident that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts Children should not ride in the front passenger seat Placing a child 12 years or under in the front seat is dangerous The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by
351. ithin its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label AWARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer p
352. ivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Xenon fusion headlight bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 61 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 17 overrides the lights on reminder V Headlight High Low Beam Push the lever forward for high beam Pull back to original position for low beam High beam Low beam 5 62 Some models V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully toward you The headlight switch does not need to be on and the lever will return to the normal position when
353. ize on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handling could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident 8 36 A CAUTION gt Awrong sized wheel may adversely affect Tire fit Wheel and bearing life Ground clearance Snow chain clearance Speedometer calibration Headlight aim Bumper height Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt Limited Slip Differential System gt With Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors VVVVVVVV NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 31 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs Overhead light Center Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Rear Side turn signal lights
354. k button is short pressed Delete Deletes the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed Previous Returns to the previous phonebook data in read out when the talk button is short pressed 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 Prompt Returning to main menu Y DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Hands Free Setting V Device Device registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped device to Bluetooth Hands Free refer to Bluetooth Hands Free preparation page 6 120 Registered device read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the devices registered to its system 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system
355. k plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid Disc brakes Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD veo Driveshaft dust boots Bolts and nuts on chassis and body Exhaust system and heat shields All locks and hinges L Washer fluid level I el ola alHa lol l ol 8 14 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations fail
356. k the pressure with your tire gauge 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 31 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada VY Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehi
357. kle Fastening the center rear seat belt with only one buckle is dangerous If only one pair of seat belt tongues and buckles is fastened either seat belt tongue C and seat belt anchor buckle D or seat belt tongue A and seat belt buckle B then the seat belt cannot provide full protection In a sudden stop or collision the user could slide under the belt and suffer serious injuries Always make sure that both pairs of seat belt tongues and buckles are fastened properly 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts a ee TP NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Retracting the center seat belt middle row to lower the seatbacks for carrying
358. l we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER e If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 Y STEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Conta
359. l flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 To shift up to a higher gear tap the shift lever back once NOTE When driving slowly the gears may not shift up depending on vehicle speed e In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE you may feel engine braking because the fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the engine However this does not indicate an abnormality When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed 5 13 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Manually Shifting down M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear tap the shift lever forward once A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident NOTE When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down depending on vehicle speed e During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down d
360. l is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly gt Never add fuel system additives Never add cleaning agents other than those specified by Mazda Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty e Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol e Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements
361. l the approvals listed below are granted Further countries may become available or actual certification identifiers may be subject to change or update A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 5 37 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges When the ignition switch is in the ON position the dashboard gauges illuminate CM SPECUOMELER eae te een isk ain A i EA page 5 39 Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector 0 cccccccccesceseeseeeeseseeseeseeens page 5 39 Si Ka TeS n rT EE E E oe ctiectes hott a en a tes E a east Scat aetna page 5 40 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge c cccccccccesseseeseeseesessesecseeseesecseeseeseeaeeens page 5 40 6 Biel Gace rs aE E EEEE E tied etm tn ada ah uaa SG page 5 41 Dashboard Tlumimation s senere nie aan E a E E page 5 41 5 38 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector The display mode can be changed between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed The selected mode will be displayed PN vil I Selector Odometer pai i TRIP mr A Lie Trip meter A Press the selector Odometer TRIP Trip meter B
362. lectronic Serial Number ESN ready NOTE Your ESN should have been recorded at the time of installation If not refer to DISPLAYING THE SIRIUS ID ESN to retrieve your ESN e Satellite radio activation For activation and subscription information call toll free at 1 888 539 SIRI 7474 A SIRIUS Customer Care representative will take the necessary information and walk you through the activation process Or you can visit SIRIUS online at WWW siriusradio com and click on the Join button 6 38 When you call the SIRIUS Customers Care number you have two options available 1 The full package which allows you access to all SIRIUS content except pay per view 2 The family package which allows access to certain channels Please see the website www sirius com for details Please have the following information ready when attempting to activate your service e SIRIUS ID ESN e Valid credit card information type number expiration date When you are ready to receive the on air activation signals you will be instructed for activation via phone to turn on your tuner have the antenna pointed skyward and to set the channel to channel 184 Once the signal is sent from the national studio it may take up to 10 minutes to be received by your unit NOTE On air activation is completed after the procedure in most cases from 10 seconds to 10 minutes ESN Electronic Serial Number
363. lfunction Reduced Power Warning Light ABS Warning Light Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 48 5 43 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Low Fuel Warning Light 5 49 re Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5 49 A Seat Belt Warning Light Beep 5 49 Aa Door Ajar Warning Light 5 51 me Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5 51 AT Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5 51 4WD AWD Warning Light 5 51 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5 52 K EY KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green 5 54 lt gt Security Indicator Light 5 55 D Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 5 56 PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light 5 56 TCS DSC Indicator Light 5 56 TCS TCS OFF Indicator Light 5 57 OFF CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 57 oer BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 57 5 44 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page gt 0 Q Lights On Indicator Light 5 58 a gt Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 58 V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position It turns off when the parki
364. lick Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 55 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter All doors and the liftgate will automatically lock and the hazard warning light will flash if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door or the liftgate is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pressed Power liftgate button If your Mazda has a power liftgate page 3 32 the transmitter can open close the liftgate Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NO
365. likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances YW Brake Assist During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate an abnormality When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate an abnormality The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YW Brake Pad Wear Indicator When the disc brake pads become
366. lished 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Join call 3 Prompt Joining calls Terminate During a call between three parties Press the hang up button VY Phonebook Settings Editing phonebook The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be edited 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say 9999 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phonebook 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Other 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 12 Say Beep XXX
367. llision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place To move the seat forward or backward raise the bar and slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury Make sure the bar returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward NOTE The second row seats cannot be removed Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with the seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from the seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you
368. ls a shock that is similar to something blocking it The moonroof s jam safe function does not function while the moonroof is initializing Y Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened but must be closed by hand Sunshade iw A CAUTION gt The sunshade does not tilt To avoid damaging the sunshade do not push up on it gt Do not close the sunshade while the moonroof is opening Trying to force the sunshade closed could damage it Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 49 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System with Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized advanced key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the advanced key including auxiliary key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the k
369. lume pull up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Xess J With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio gt FM2 radio gt AM radio gt CD player or CD changer gt SIRIUS 1 gt SIRIUS2 gt SIRIUS3 gt RSES or AUX gt cyclical Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system GO amp e 5g With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system 6 59 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE CD CD changer RSES and SIRIUS digital satellite radio modes cannot be selected in the following cases RSES or SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is not equipped on the audio system CD has not been inserted With the SIRIUS digital satellite radio the mode which was selected last is displayed Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 61 The audio source is changed to the AUX mode only when a commercially available portable audio unit is connected to the auxiliary jack Y Seek Switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system VOL x SS amp
370. lus any aftermarket equipment WMA ro PAYLOAD 9 36 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate SAMPLE O TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL5 FRONT2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 385kg or 880 los TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S FRONT P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS MANUAL FOR REAR P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS ADDITIONAL 33 SPARE 1155 90D 18 420KPA 60PS INFORMATION 9 37 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
371. ly available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost If an advanced key is lost consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If you lose an advanced key including auxiliary key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible Knowing Your Mazda Security System V Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the registered advanced key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct advanced key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 51 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is diff
372. m Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seats When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 45 2 37 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing Child Restraint Systems Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seats The front passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12 and with rear facing child restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags Some child restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective In your Mazda tethered child restraint systems can only be accommodated in the three positions on the second row seats Even
373. m h 16 mph M3 or M2 M1 9 km h 5 mph NOTE The gear does not shift down to M1 automatically while in the second gear fixed mode If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds or lower the gears shift down automatically Gear Vehicle speed M6 M5 230 km h 142 mph M5 M4 90 km h 55 mph M4 M3 65 km h 40 mph M3 gt M2 40 km h 24 mph Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 65 km h 40 mph M4 to M5 73 km h 45 mph MS to M6 80 km h 50 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life V Driving Tips Passing For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating
374. maller than a conventional tire This tire should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance Use the temporary spare tire only until the conventional tire is repaired which should be as soon as possible Except Mexico Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa 4 2 kgf cm or bar 60 psi Mexico Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa 2 5 kgf cm or bar 36 psi 8 35 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Do not use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire or a conventional tire Neither will properly fit and could damage both tire and rim gt The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5 000 km The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions gt The temporary spare tire is for limited use however if the tread wear solid band indicator appears replace the tire with the same type of temporary spare page 8 34 NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 24 Replacing a Wheel A WARNING Always use wheels of the correct s
375. mately 30 kg 66 Ibs is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg 66 Ibs could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front pas
376. may be difficult or even impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper a
377. mber and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready e Some types of key chains cannot be attached to the retractable type key In this case use the key ring provided with the transmitter which has the key code number plate attached Key ring 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button 3 22 Some models Keyless Entry System This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the liftgate and opens the power windows and the moonroof It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully A CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not gt Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet gt Disassemble the transmitter gt Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the key is in the ignition switch Doors and the liftgate can be locked by
378. mmunications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Increase the separation between the equipment and tuner Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the tuner is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Interior Comfort Audio System What is satellite radio SIRIUS is radio the way it was meant to be More than 100 new channels of digital quality programming delivered to listeners coast to coast via satellite That means channels of completely commercial free music plus more channels of news sports and entertainment from names like CNBC Discovery SCI FI Channel A amp E House of Blues E NPR Speed vision and ESPN SIRIUS is live dynamic entertainment completely focused on listeners Every minute of every day of every week will be different All commercial free music channels are created in house and hosted by DJs who know and love the music Do you like Reggae How about Classic Rock or New Rock SIRIUS has an array of choices spanning a vast range of musical tastes including the hits of the 50 s 60 s 70 s amp 80 s as well as Jazz
379. mp Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs Pick up the discs by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not write on or attach labels stickers or similar to discs Defective cracked or badly bent discs should never be used A new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the discs 6 67 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Disc cleaning Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs Condensation Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the disc or optical components prism and lens in the unit may become clouded with condensation At this time the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded disc can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Operating t
380. mptoms and Actions If any malfunction is suspected verify the following before requesting a repair If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure have the system inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some functions are not available depending on the disc Read the instruction manual attached to the disc before operating Symptom Cause Action ys ignition switehis m he LOCK Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position position The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones weak Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 80 et Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction medon pointed in the wrong direction Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 80 The vehicle battery is weak Recharge or replace the vehicle battery The cabin temperature Rear Entertainment System unit tem Retry after the temperature has lowered perature is high The ignon switchs ithe LOCK Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position position Image No disc is inserted Insert a disc cannot be hatin Mit Insert a disc which can be played by this unit displayed Ati mvyalid dise is is rted Refer to Operating Tips for Discs on page 6 65 Select the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button The wrong mode has been selected Refer to Mode on page 6 86 No disc is inserted Insert a disc Dise cannot Disc is
381. n Ifan ID code is not input for 10 seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for inputting the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Change of ID code Setting condition SAT mode When changing the ID code the new ID code is input after the previous one is input first Registered ID code input 1 Hold the scan button then press channel preset button 5 hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for 2 seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input 4 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Then press the scan button Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SRI 2323 is displayed Press 1 for the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the last digit For example if your number is 2323 press 1 three times 2 four times 3 three and 4 four times If the display goes off while inputting begin from Step 1 NOTE The registered ID code is the default 0000 at the time of factory shipment If 0000 results in Err on the display go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset to 0000 Verification with the registered ID code 5 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button 6
382. n a child restraint system installed on the front passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is dangerous If this indicator light does not illuminate even when the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ib this means that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment If an accident were to deploy an air bag a child in a child restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed tf the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat seat a child in a child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 2 44 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint Systems Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems the second row seats Both anchors must be used otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger Most LATCH child restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it c
383. n area of up to 80 cm 2 6 ft from the center of the front door handles The operational range for locking unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to 80 cm 2 6 ft from the center of the liftgate Exterior transmitter i Operational range S NOTE The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows door handles or liftgate Starting the engine The operational range for starting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area except for the luggage compartment Interior transmitter ory gt Operational range NOTE The luggage compartment is out of the operational range however starting the engine may be possible The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas e Around the dashboard In the storage compartments such as the glove box e Starting the engine may be possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and driven away while the advanced key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is turned off and the ignition switch is turned to the Lock position e If the advanced key is detected within operational range the operation indicator light on the transmitter flashes momentarily Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Locking Unlocking with Request Switc
384. n be checked after the engine is started page 5 43 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Starting the engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range When starting the engine be sure the start knob is securely attached before trying to operate it If the knob becomes detached from the ignition switch re attach it by pushing it on to the ignition switch Make sure the advanced key is being carried Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on Depress the brake pedal Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 6 Push the start knob slowly all the way in 7 Verify that the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster The KEY warning light red means you cannot continue to start the engine using the Advanced Keyless System You may have to use the auxiliary key instead page 3 20 3 11 Knowing Your Mazda
385. nced key retractable type key With advanced key Lock button Auxiliary key Unlock button With retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Programming One seat position can be programmed into each advanced key retractable type key After the following conditions have been met operate the seat and the advanced key retractable type key to program the seat positions e The ignition switch in the LOCK position The auxiliary key retractable type key is removed from the ignition switch e The driver s door is open 1 Adjust the seat to the desired position For each seat position adjustment method refer to the following pages Seat Slide page 2 5 Seat Recline page 2 6 Height Adjustment page 2 6 2 Press and hold the unlock button on the advanced key retractable type key while pressing the set button until a beep sound is heard The advanced key retractable type key is programmed after a beep sound is heard Seat position activation With the ignition switch in the LOCK position unlock the doors using any of the following methods and open the driver s door within about 40 seconds to set the driver s seat to a pre programmed position e Press the unlock switch on the advanced key retractable type key e Press the request switch on a front door or liftgate while the advanced key is being carried NOTE If any of the following occurs the seat position activation function cancels
386. nch A CAUTION In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper 7 21 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Recreational Towing An example of recreational towing is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The transaxle is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towing refer to Towing Description page 7 19 and Tiedown Hooks page 7 20 and carefully follow the instructions 7 22 Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Introduction ssde dose caceeescceccccdicseucceszenscceseeaassssoteseesesuocsstossossseceetecs 8 2 Introduction nene and a n ar aa eisai 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance ccscscccsssscssssccsssssccssscscsssccsssscsssssces 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance Mexico cccccsccccssceseceseeeeseeseeeneeees 8 9 Owner Maintenance ccssscccsssscssssscssscccssscccssscssssscesosccssesee Owner Maintenance Schedule eecceesceseeeeteeseeeeeteenseees Owner Maintenance Precautions cccesceeseeteeseeereeteeneeees Engine Compartment Overview ccccceseesceseeteeseeeseeteeeeeees Engine
387. nd Locks A CAUTION If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed If the warning light illuminates park your vehicle safely off the right of way remove the fuel filler cap and reinstall it correctly After the cap has been correctly installed the fuel cap warning light may continue to illuminate until a number of driving cycles have been completed A drive cycle consists of starting the engine after four or more hours with the engine off and driving the vehicle on city and highway roads Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap warning light illuminated could cause the check engine light to illuminate as well NOTE The removed cap can be attached to the inner side of the lid during refueling to prevent fuel on the cap from dripping onto the vehicle 3 45 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident Vv Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood Release handle 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening and slide the hood latch lever to the right and lift the hood 3 46 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the stay hole ind
388. nd final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc VY Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of it s dealers that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1
389. ndesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance 6 136 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service For toll free Bluetooth Hands Free customer service call 800 430 0153 or go to www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for assistance Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front or swing it to the side Sunvisor VW Side Extension Sunvisors The visor extender extends the sunvisor s range of sun shading To use pull it out A CAUTION When moving the sunvisor retract the visor extender to its original position Otherwise the visor extender could hit the rearview mirror Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor The vanity mirror light will illuminate when you open the cover 6 137 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Interior Lights V Illuminated Entry System When the illumin
390. ndle 3 30 A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the luggage compartment Allowing a person to ride in the luggage compartment is dangerous The person in the luggage compartment could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Do not drive with the liftgate open Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is dangerous An open liftgate in a moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn into the cabin This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous and it can cause loss of consciousness and death Moreover an open liftgate could cause occupants to fall out in an accident Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Y Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Switch The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the door lock switch refer to Power Door
391. ndow lock switch hi To open the power window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the power window to the desired position pull up the switch Close e Engine off power window operation The power windows can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed If any door is opened the power windows will be inoperable Y Power Window Lock Switch With the lock switch in the unlocked position button not depressed all power windows on each door can be operated With the lock switch in the locked position button depressed only the driver s side power window can be operated Locked position Unlocked position A WARNING Unless a passenger needs to operate a power window keep the power window lock switch in the locked position Unintentional power window operation is dangerous A person s hands head or neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE When the power window lock switch is in the locked position the light on each power window switch except for the driver s power window switch turns off The light may be difficult to see depending on the surrounding brightness V Opening Closing the Power Windows and the Moonroof from Outside The front power windows and the moonroof can be opened or closed from outside the v
392. ndows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air V Outside Recirculated Air Position Use the outside air position in normal conditions The recirculated air position should be used only when driving on dusty roads or for quick cooling of the interior YV Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated V Check the Refrigerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for refrigerant inspection The air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer VY Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter If your vehicle is equipped with an air filter for the air conditioner it is necessary to change the filter periodically as indicated in scheduled maintenance page 8 3 Con
393. nds on them or sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous The side and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not hang net bags map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats Never use seat covers on the front seats Always keep the side air b
394. nection mode automatically The system does not change to the individual operation mode by pressing the DUAL switch or turning the front passenger temperature control dial e Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly 6 11 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation Rear V Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode For vehicles with rear full auto air conditioning the airflow mode can be selected according to the purpose of use Instrument panel Vents Floor Vents 6 13 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Control Panel Rear Front AUTO switch Ss OAAR Ea REAR eno switch Rear Fan control dial Temperature control dial O 6 14 VY Control Switches Rear air conditioning on switch REAR CONTROL l Press the REAR CONTROL switch to operate the rear air conditioning from the rear seats Fan and temperature adjustment from the rear control panel is possible only when CONTROL ON in the rear control panel is illuminated NOTE When the rear control switch is
395. ng mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts V If You Must Use the Front Seat for Children If you cannot put all children in the rear seats at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder NEVER put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even with a seat weight sensor equipped vehicle This seat is also not set up for tethered child restraint systems put them in one of the rear seat positions set up with tether anchors Likewise the LATCH child restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger s seat and should be used in the second row seats Do not allow anyone to sleep against the side window if you have an optional side and curtain air bag it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant As children more often sleep in cars it is better to put them in the rear seat If installing the child restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable follow these instructions when using a front facing child restraint system in the front passenger s seat 2 41 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE To check if your front seats have side air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seat
396. ng brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately 5 45
397. ng detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration 8 56 Vv Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting AWARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Vv Undercoating This special coating is applied to the critical parts of the underside to protect vehicl
398. ng fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 21 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer In Case of an Emergency Overheating 7 15 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work A WARNING AR Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it an Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery
399. ngers around the seat bottom The seat moves to the desired position automatically and if your hands or fingers are placed around the seat bottom it could cause injury Set button Programming of the driver s seat positions is possible using the following functions e Programming buttons 1 2 or 3 and the set button Essential Safety Equipment Seats e Operation using the advanced key retractable type key Programmed seat positions can activated using the following functions e Programming buttons 1 2 or 3 e Operation using advanced keyless functions keyless entry system NOTE Individual seat positions can be programmed to the three available programming buttons on the side of the driver s seat plus one seat position for each advanced key retractable type key used with the vehicle Operation using the seat side buttons Programming Park the vehicle in a safe location before performing the seat position programming Vehicle must be stopped 1 Adjust the seat to the desired position For each seat position adjustment method refer to the following pages Seat Slide page 2 5 Seat Recline page 2 6 Height Adjustment page 2 6 2 Press the desired programming button 1 2 or 3 while pressing the set button until a beep sound is heard The button is programmed after a beep sound is heard Other buttons can be programmed using the same procedure NOTE Vehicle maintenance or other reasons requi
400. ning before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i wo Y Do not remove either cooling system caps when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If the temperature gauge indicates overheating 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way 2 Shift into park P 7 14 3 Apply the parking brake 4 Turn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Don t go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant nor steam is Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooli
401. notes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 29 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL5 FRONT2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 385kg or 850 Ibs TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S FRONT P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS MANUAL FOR REAR P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS ADDITIONAL 3 SPARE 1155 90D 18 420KPA 60PSI INFORMATION V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 6 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at
402. nstalled on the other seat positions such as the second row seat If this not possible LATCH type child restraint systems should be installed to a third row seat using the seat belt depending on whether the child restraint manufacturer allows their use without LATCH attachments and tether anchors Follow these manufacturer s instructions when using a child restraint system NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode 1 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locki
403. nt Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light o PS If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute After that the one minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front se
404. nu and disc menu on page 6 90 NOTE e For some discs the top menu or disc menu may be displayed automatically after playback Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for the top menu or disc menu When no disc is inserted 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 6 87 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Insert the disc into the disc slot After the disc is inserted the playback starts A CAUTION Insert the disc with its label side decorated side facing upward If the disc is inserted upside down it may cause a malfunction When a disc has been inserted 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 2 Turn on the Rear Entertainment System 3 Press the PLAY button to start playback NOTE If the Rear Entertainment System has been turned off during a previous playback playback automatically resumes when the system is turned on Stopping the playback Press the STOP button to stop the playback To resume the playback press the PLAY button Resume playback function The Rear Entertainment System stores the position where the playback has been stopped using the resume playback function Press the PLAY button to resume the playback from the position previously stopped 6 88 NOTE If the RETURN button is pressed after the playback has been stopped the resume playback function is canceled Once the resume playback function is canceled
405. ny liquid on the audio system e Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot 6 20 e The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent A new CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump f N The CD player In dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown No other discs can be played Interior Comfort Audio System e Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITALAUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITALAUDIO RIN POW ritable COMPACT dise OMPACT d COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO ISG TEXT S
406. o receive channel 184 Interior Comfort Audio System When the SIRIUS mode is switched to another mode or when the power is turned off the present channel which is being received is stored as the last channel Channel selection Turning the manual tuning dial allows you to select the desired receiving channel e Turn the knob clockwise Channel Up e Turn the knob counterclockwise Channel Down Unsubscribed channel When a selected station has not been subscribed to the display indicates the following CALL 888 and 539 SIRI Flashes alternately NOTE When the subscription contract is canceled all of the channels including channel 184 appear as unsubscribed Invalid channel When a selected channel is not broadcasting SR bank number INVALID is displayed for 1 second followed by SR bank number CHANNEL which is also displayed for 1 second The display then returns to the previous valid channel NOTE If the last channel selected has become unavailable because of a channel update the above indication is displayed until any button is pressed 6 39 Interior Comfort Audio System Preset channel programming Programming with channel number display 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number channel number 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming
407. o strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After returning the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Essential Safety Equipment Seats Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury V Split Folding the Third Row Seat To create a flat luggage compartment space fold the seatbacks forward To fold third row seat 1 Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 16 2 Pull the strap and fold the seatback forward 3 Fasten the strap to its original position 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 13 To return third row seat to its original position 1 Return the seatback to its original position by pulling its strap
408. of disc can not be played If the disc content cannot be read An error message is displayed if the disc cannot be read due to scratches or the content cannot be read Please check this disc DISE Incorrect region code An error message is displayed if a disc other than one with region code 1 or including region 1 is inserted The region of disc can not be played High temperature malfunction If the temperature surrounding the DVD player area exceeds 88 C 190 F the DVD player operation is stopped to protect the unit When the temperature decreases to 70 C 158 F or less the protective circuit function is cleared and the operation is restored HOT PROTECT DVD SHUTDOWN 6 111 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System System errors Common to each mode Power malfunction An error message is displayed if the power supply to the rear entertainment system drops About 9 5 Vor less and the power is turned off The power is restored when the power supply to the rear entertainment system is 10 Vor more BATTERY ERROR High temperature malfunction If the temperature around the LCD area exceeds 95 C 203 F the power supply is turned off to protect the LCD When the temperature around the LCD area is 85 C 185 F or less the protective circuit function is cleared and the operation is restored HOT PROTECT RSES SHUTDOWN 6 112 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Sy
409. off operation of the rear airflow amount and vent temperature from the rear seats is not possible When the rear control switch is off the airflow amount and the vent temperature for the rear are changed by operating the temperature control dial of the front control panel Airflow amount automatically changes according to the fan control dial of the front control panel When the rear control switch is off the mode for the rear is changed according to the mode selector switch and the temperature control dial of the front control panel Interior Comfort Climate Control System Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold Fan control dial MAN Slow Fast The fan has 15 speeds V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning Operation from front seats 1 Turn the front air conditioning on 2 Turn the REAR CONTROL switch off indicator light turned off 6 15 Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents While in individual operation mode the temperature setting is controlled at the driver s temperature When operating the air conditioning from the front seats REAR CONTROL switch is off
410. ol will turn off if vehicle speed drops below 30 km h 19 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade 5 20 V To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press up the cruise control SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want T SET ON SET St OFF Cruise control switch Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press down or press up on the cruise control SET SET switch and release it immediately NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed YW To Decrease Cruising Speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want set Cruise control switch a m Or 1 OE AHF Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your curr
411. on informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Help 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Convenient Use of the Hands Free System Phonebook Usage Phonebook registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook l 10 11 12 13 14 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 Say Beep Phonebook Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact Say Beep New entry Prompt Name please Say Beep XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered Prompt Adding XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Other for the desired location to be registered Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Say the phone number to be registered 6 123 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555
412. on with the interior rear view mirror 3 60 Press the OFF button O to cancel the automatic dimming function The indicator light will turn off To reactivate the automatic dimming function press the ON button The indicator light will illuminate Indicator light OFF button ON button NOTE Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects on or around the light sensor Otherwise light sensor sensitivity will be affected and may not operate normally Light sensor For information regarding the 3 buttons 1 a A on the auto dimming mirror refer to HomeLink Wireless Control System page 5 71 The auto dimmer function is canceled when the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever selector lever is in reverse R Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors 3 61 3 62 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions csccscsssessesesrssesees 4 2 Fuel Requirements eenaa a A E eons 4 2 Emission Control System ccccccesceessesseeeeeeceeseeeeeeeenseneessenes 4 3 Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide 4 4 Before Starting the Engine Before Getting Ihonen aaa R ais After Getting TM aein a E N Driving Tips cccccscsscssscsscscssscsssssssssescsssssssessssssesssssssssessesees 4 6 Break In Period narm onr e ts aegeevesa ENR ENS 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions se sesessessessesessseesess
413. oner DUAL switch DUAL Use the DUAL switch to change the mode between the individual operation driver and passenger and interconnection modes Interior Comfort Climate Control System Individual operation mode indicator light illuminated The set temperature can be controlled individually for the driver and front passenger Interconnection mode indicator light turned off The set temperature for the driver and front passenger is controlled simultaneously NOTE The set temperature for the front passenger changes to that of the driver while in the interconnected mode is displayed on the information display while in the individual operation mode The system changes to the interconnection mode automatically if the windshield defroster switch is pressed The system will not change to the individual operation mode by pressing the DUAL switch or turning the front passenger temperature control dial Windshield defroster switch HP FRONT Press the switch to defrost the windshield and front door windows Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE In the position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Press the AUTO switch Selection of
414. onian et 1419 Macedonian mk 2210 Faroese fo 1514 Malagasy mg 2206 Fiji fj 1509 Malay ms 2218 Finnish fi 1508 Malayalam ml 2211 French fr 1517 Maltese mt 2219 Friesian fy 1524 Maori mi 2208 Galician gl 1611 Marathi mr 2217 German de 1304 Moldavian mo 2214 Gorgian ka 2000 Mongolian mn 2213 6 105 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Language Code Language Code Nauru na 2300 Tigrinya ti 2908 Nepali ne 2304 Tonga to 2914 Norwegian no 2314 Tsonga ts 2918 Occtian oc 2402 Tukmen tk 2910 Oriya or 2417 Turkish tr 2917 Oromo om 2412 Twi tw 2922 Panjabi pa 2500 Ukrainian uk 3010 Pashto Pushto ps 2518 Urdu ur 3017 Persian fa 1500 Uzbek uz 3025 Polish pl 2511 Vietnamese vi 3108 Portuguese pt 2519 Volapuk vo 3114 Quechua qu 2620 Welsh cy 1224 Rhaeto Romance rm 2712 Wolof wo 3214 Romanian ro 2714 Xhosa xh 3307 Russian ru 2720 Yiddish ji 1908 Samoan sm 2812 Yoruba yo 3414 Sangho sg 2806 Zulu zu 3520 SanSkrit sa 2800 Scots Gaelic gd 1603 Serbian sr 2817 Serbo Croatian sh 2807 Sesotho st 2819 Setswana tn 2913 Shona sn 2813 Sindhi sd 2803 Singhalese si 2808 Siswaiti ss 2818 Slovak sk 2810 Slovenian sl 2811 Somali so 2814 Spanish es 1418 Sundanese su 2820 Swahili sw 2822 Swedish sv 2821 Tagalog tl 2911 Tajik tg 2906 Tamil ta 2900 Tatar tt 2919 Telugu t
415. operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Sound output balance adjustment Video CD 1 Press the DISPLAY button during the video CD playback to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor to the sound output balance adjustment mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 300 03 03 ATEN ALL P gt 3 Set the sound output to the desired balance by operating the select button up or down Press the button and the settings changes in the order of L R gt L gt R The sound balance changes according to the setting L Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the left is output R Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the right is output L R Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the left right is output 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Repeat random playback Video CD DVD audio and audio CD Tracks can be played repeatedly or randomly 1 Press the DISPLAY button while in the playback to display the function menu on the monitor screen 2 Move the cursor to the repeat random playback mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 00 03 03 A L R gt Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 3 Select the desired mode by operating the select button up or down 1 During DVD audio Each time the button is pressed the mode changes in the order of
416. or 12 cm 5 in CDs An 8 cm 3 in CD can be played in the In dash CD changer if an 8 cm 3 in CD adapter is used If an 8 cm 3 in CD adapter is not used the In dash CD changer may be damaged Always use a CD adapter Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player In dash CD changer Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played e e e 6 22 This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs e Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use
417. or AM FM SIRIUS AUX Centerpoint is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Rear seat optimized The rear seat optimized function allows passengers to optimize the audio output to the rear for a more pleasurable acoustic field when selecting the 5 1 channel sound mode Select Surround Rr to increase the surround effect to the rear seat Select Surround ALL to apply the surround effect to all seats NOTE Rear seat optimized is only effective if a CD or a DVD inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit is 5 1 Dolby Digital DTS audio 6 31 Interior Comfort Audio System Surround When the rear seat optimized function is operating the surround effect can be enjoyed at five separate levels Indication Volume change Surround MIH Minimum Surround LOW Low Surround MID Medium Surround HI High Surround MAK Maximum Turn the audio control dial to select Surround MIN MAX mode The selected mode will be indicated Surround MIN Surround LOW WS Surround MID Surround HI Surround MAX BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off ILLM EFT setting Illumination setting during operation The audio system illumination during operation can be set on or off Time adjustment Rotating the audio control dial switches the display between 12 and 24 hour clock time page 6 141 6 3
418. or even death Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Before washing your Mazda make sure the moonroof is completely closed so that water does not get inside the cabin area After washing your Mazda or after it rains wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetration which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner Vv Operating the Moonroof Tilt Operation The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation To fully tilt automatically momentarily press the tilt switch To fully close automatically momentarily pull the tilt switch or press the front of the slide switch To stop tilting partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch Ya Tilt down Close Tilt down Tilt up Slide Operation To fully open automatically momentarily press the rear of the slide switch To fully close automatically momentarily press the front of the slide switch or pull the tilt switch Some models 3 47 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks To stop sliding partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch Close Power moonroof re set procedure If the battery had been disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons the moonroof may not fully open or close The moonroof s jam safe function does not function while the moonroof is re setting Carry out the following procedure to resume operation 1 Turn the ignition s
419. ore leaving vehicle 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Under the following conditions warning beeps are heard and a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle page 3 17 Warning heard KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes How to check Check whether the start knob has been returned to the LOCK position When a door is open a continuous beep sound will be When a door is open 3 beep sounds are heard and the Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When a door is closed a beep sound is heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes seconds When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch on the front doors and six beep sounds are heard Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When locking the doors the chime sounds for about ten Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle Check whether the start knob has been returned to the LOCK position Check whether a door or the liftgate is open When the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster The advanced key battery power is l
420. ot install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose floor mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its eyelets and inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause Serious injuries A CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from D to R 4 9 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Winter Driving e Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions e Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
421. ot installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 29 To remove the spare tire 1 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 2 Open the cargo sub compartment Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on page 6 148 3 Remove the cover 4 Attach the socket to the spare tire carrier bolt the jack lever to the socket and the lug wrench to the opposite end of the jack lever In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 5 Slowly turn the lug wrench counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground and the cable becomes loose A CAUTION Do not loosen the cable too much as this may cause damage to the spare tire carrier 6 Rotate the small lever on top of the retaining plate and pull the retaining plate out from the center hole of the tire 7 6 NOTE A flat tire which has been removed from the vehicle for repair cannot be carried in the spare tire carrier Secure the flat tire with the flat tire belt in the cargo sub compartment page 7 11 7 If the temporary spare tire is not reinstalled in the spare tire carrier tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely to wind up the spare tire carrier cable A WARNING Always tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely tight and make sure the spare tire is locked in the highest position A loose spare tire carrier bolt is dange
422. ot work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch pulled up and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Y BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OFF This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction Some models 5 57 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Lights On Indicator Light z002 This indicator light illuminates when the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on V Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights a gt When operating the turn signal lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating
423. ould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and it may break causing serious injury or death If you use the seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied use the center seat belts instead and the tether if tether equipped Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing
424. ow Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 When the KEY warning light red remains illuminated in the instrument cluster The advanced key is malfunctioning Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 20 A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 53 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 55 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks Retractable type key __ gt Key code number plate Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE e Write down the code nu
425. pag QD GOK OCKE 1s E atest foetase Binet tit ath oi cata a oh e page 3 27 Puel filler ii a etic nected ania Sud dees ieee page 3 44 CG TCS a Reese cane ies tates ae Ua Ace ae ah i th ee ee eel ta a ye page 8 33 Teight bulbs ace aii sects feed eek hei e Sete ee tease ade page 8 37 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview T CO Wb g ate cise seterihereeathe a eR ds ees page 3 30 Rear wiper blade EE E page 8 29 G Rear window antenna cccccecscsssseessseeseseeesseseeseeecseseesesecsesecseseeseeesseseeseeeeaees page 6 17 O Child Satety 16 EE EE AE E E page 3 30 5 Outside MITO aA E ee page 3 58 E IEPENE EE A A E EEA EEIE IA EAA A A EA E page 8 33 E A E E A AN TT O ES iain de page 8 37 Rear view parking camera if equipped sssssssesssseseeseseesee Refer to the separate manual 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags SG ats EA E ETET 2 2 Front Seats Manually Operated Seats ccesceeseeseeseeseeteeees 2 2 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats ccceceseeseeseteees 2 5 Secorid Row Seats e i e i e a a 2 10 Third ROW Seat deis bruei ee aa tinier S 2 15 Head Restraints merria anari as 2 16 Sedat Warmet t ao eiee e ecient cee tino t
426. panese is selected afterward the previously entered language code is cleared Rating If the disc has a parental lock code viewing can be restricted Also the setting can be protected by a password to prevent someone changing the setting 6 97 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Viewing can be restricted by setting the parent lock level For example if the level is set to 6 level 7 or higher viewing is locked and cannot be played NOTE Parent lock is not available depending on the disc The initial password setting when purchased is 0000 Mark Audio Aspect Rating Change Level Country Change X ok OK k Password Change Rating change Parent lock level setting Country change Setting for the country where the disc is being played Password change Registered password changes 6 98 Changing the Rating setting 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password H k x Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the Rating change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it Mark Audio Aspect Level gt NoLimit lt 4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 All Limit 3 Select the desired parent lock level and press the ENTER b
427. pecified size on all wheels With AWD the system is calibrated for all four wheels being of the same dimensions 5 18 Tire chains e Install tire chains to the front tires Do not use tire chains on the rear wheels e Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30 km h 19 mph with the tire chains installed e Do not drive the vehicle with tire chains on road conditions other than snow or ice Vv Towing If the vehicle requires towing have it towed with all four wheels completely off the ground page 7 19 Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km h 19 mph AWARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic gt Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch is pressed up and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Activa
428. ped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor Your front passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not dri
429. ped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly V Front Seat Belt Pretensioners The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions or roll over accidents Y Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheels When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy 2 56 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Front Passenger Air Bag The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above In addition the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front pass
430. peration could be obstructed causing an accident gt Do not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed they could fall under the brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning which could obstruct driving operation and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Do not put foreign material into the disc slot It may cause a fire or malfunction gt Do not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction 6 64 Some models Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Vv Operating Tips for Disc Playable discs DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD CD R CD RW DVD R DVD RW and dts CD can be played NOTE It may not be possible to play DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD and MP3 WMA CD according to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have been restricted by the producer Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video video CD DVD audio audio CD 6 65 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD video DVD videos bearing the following logo can be played DVD VIDEO DVD audio DVD audio bearing the following logo can be played AUDIO DVD R and DVD RW DVD Rs and DVD RWs bearing each of the following logos can be played BP op R 4 7 eRegion code must include 1 or ALL eN
431. perature e When the DUAL switch is on Turn the driver or front passenger temperature control dial to control the temperature NOTE The system changes to the individual operation mode DUAL switch indicator light illuminated by turning the front passenger temperature control dial even when the DUAL switch is off which allows individual control of the set temperature for the driver and front passenger Fan control dial The fan has seven speeds The selected speed will be displayed Interior Comfort Climate Control System Mode selector switch The desired airflow mode can be selected page 6 5 NOTE With the airflow mode set to the 74 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents e To set the air vent to W press the windshield defroster switch e Inthe position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode A C switch AIC Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO switch is turned on will turn off the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions The air conditioning can be turned on and off by pressing the A C switch while the fan control dial is on 6 8 NOTE The air con
432. pointing to the left Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 2 Put the other golf bag on top of the first bag with its top pointing to the right NOTE e Some golf bags cannot fit depending on their size e Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can be carried 6 149 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Accessory Sockets Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Front The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position Center Rear The accessory sockets can be used regardless of the position of the ignition switch Center 6 150 A CAUTION To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following gt Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A gt Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket gt Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket Noise may occur on the audio playback depending on the device connected to the accessory socket NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling Interior Comfort Interior Equipment
433. position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 1 Slide the second row seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 2 48 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged 5 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket position Tether strap position Tether strap l Forward Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include 6 a
434. power liftgate as it opens or closes and make sure that it closes completely Opening or closing the power liftgate while not watching it move is dangerous Because of unseen obstacles and the jam safe feature a liftgate may not close completely and if left unnoticed could result in serious injury or death if an occupant were to fall out of the vehicle Always be sure that the area around the liftgate is clear before activating it Always confirm the safety of the area around the power liftgate before operating it electrically Not checking the area around the liftgate for people before operating it using the power liftgate switch or the button on the keyless entry system is dangerous A person could become caught between the liftgate and an obstruction while it is opening electrically or between the liftgate and vehicle while it is closing electrically resulting in an accident and serious injury Always be sure the power liftgate completely closes before shifting into gear and driving the vehicle Shifting out of Park P while the liftgate is moving is dangerous The liftgate will not close completely and this could result in serious injury or death if an occupant were to fall out of the vehicle Occupants in the vehicle will also not have full protection in a collision Never allow children to operate the power liftgate system Allowing children to operate the power liftgate switch and the keyless entry system is
435. power window switch is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the window from closing all the way If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur 3 39 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE e Depending on driving conditions a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it In the event the jam safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically pull and hold the switch fully and the window will close e The jam safe window function does not operate until the system is re initialized Engine off power window operation The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed If any door is opened the power window will be inoperable NOTE e For engine off operation of the power window the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto closing function will be inoperable The two step down function is inoperable during engine off operation 3 40 V Operating the Rear Power Windows The power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position The rear power windows may be opened or closed using the power window master control switches on the driver s door Left rear window Power wi
436. ppears for 3 SATELLITE RADIO Module seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SR1 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is off At this time sound is heard How to clear the message e Press any of the following FM AM SAT CD AUX CAT ESN DISP POWER buttons e Turn the ACC off or insert a CD NOTE e Ifan ID code is not input for 10 seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Error signs 1 Depending on the surrounding conditions such as large trees buildings or tunnels and special weather conditions the reception of SIRIUS radio waves may be decreased or temporarily interrupted ACQUIRING SIGNAL may appear 2 In case of an antenna malfunction ANTENNA FAIL is displayed Check the satellite radio antenna antenna cable and DLP antenna connector NOTE Ifa broken DLP unit is replaced with a new unit cancel the license for the broken unit and make sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit If the license for the broken unit is not canceled you will be charged a reception fee for both units 6 47 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Compact Disc CD Player Load button Track up Fast forward button Scan button CD slot Folder up button CD eject button Ran
437. prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver door frame Do not exceed these ratings Do not drive the vehicle off road Driving your Mazda off road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed to do such Driving the vehicle off road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries 2 53 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the
438. process is complete after the channel number flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and a beep sound is heard at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed Programming with text display e g channel name 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number selected text e g channel name 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the text e g channel name flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and you will hear beep sound at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 4 Three seconds later it returns to normal display SR bank number text e g channel name 6 40 NOTE Six stations can be stored in each bank SR1 SR2 and SR3 for convenient access to your favorite stations Preset channel call up Press and release the channel preset button SR bank number CH preset number channel number appears When the preset button is pressed during text mode its channel number is displayed first for 3 second and then its text is displayed NOTE In the initial setting all channels are preset to 184 Category change Press the category button UP or DOWN and select the desired category e Press the category button
439. r The LCD is high tech equipment with a 99 99 effective sensor resolution However please be aware that 0 01 output from the headphones luminescent s pixel failure or pixel continuous spots on the illuminated pixels may exist screen Subtitles 5 canot be Other languages are not recorded on the Check the available language in the instruction manual disc accompanying the disc changed Display angle cannot Multiple angles are not recorded on the Check the available angle in the instruction manual be changed disc accompanying the disc The remote controller is not pointed Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit toward the receiver on the unit The receiver is near the disc slot There isan obstruction between th Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction so Remote that the signal reaches the receiver on the unit The _ remote controller and the unit h 5 controller is receiver is near the disc slot inoperable The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones weak Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 80 Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction pointed in the wrong direction Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 80 No power to the headphones Turn on the power to the headphones The headphones optical receiver is not Point the headphones optical receiver towards t
440. r about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button
441. r comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 ENGINE Inspect every 168 000 km 105 000 miles Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km 150 000 miles Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yp that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD Pra Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L 8 4 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles which
442. r downward 6 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 39 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 8 Install the coolant reservoir If you are unsure of how tight the bolts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Bolt tightening torque 6 9 11 8 0 71 2 5 1 8 7 N m kgfm ft lbf NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Ifthe halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Front side marker lights Front turn signal lights 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Remove the attachment bolts and the coolant reservoir before replacing the light bulb 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 5 Remove the bulb by pushing it in slightly and turning it counterclockwise 8 40 Some models Front side marker lights 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 7 Install the coolant reservoir If you are unsure of how tight the bolts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer
443. r the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Security System A CAUTION When starting the engine do not allow the following as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly gt Akey ring rests on the key grip Immobilizer System without Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer ACAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare keys or keys for other not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key 3 53 Knowing Your M
444. re adjustment mode button PICTURE to adjust each picture mode NOTE e If the picture adjustment mode is on and no operation has been done for about 5 seconds the mode is canceled automatically e If the picture is no longer adjustable by pressing the picture adjust button A or V it indicates that the adjustment value has reached the maximum minimum value Adjusting the brightness 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the BRIGHT mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Brighten 6 77 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e Picture adjust button V Darken BRIGHT a i OY T Adjusting the color adjustment 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the TINT mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Green e Picture adjust button V Red TINT REY i i 1G Adjusting the color density 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the COLOR mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Darken 6 78 e Picture adjust button V Lighten COLOR ae Ge Adjusting the contrast definition 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the CONTRAST mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust bu
445. read Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure
446. regulations Equip your trailer as required before towing it day or night A CAUTION Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda This may damage your vehicle s electrical system and lighting systems Have a recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system and inspect the brake lights and turn signals yourself before each trip YW Trailer Brakes If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg 1 000 Ib trailer brakes are required If your trailer has brakes make sure they comply with all federal state and local regulations A WARNING Do not connect a hydraulic trailer brake system to your vehicle s brake system Connecting a hydraulic trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury Y Trailer Towing Tips e Verify that your Mazda maintains a near normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded trailer is connected Do not drive if it has an abnormal front up or front down position Inspect for incorrect tongue load worn suspension parts and trailer overloading e Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from shifting e Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations If they do not install required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes 4 18 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing The three main causes of vehicle trailer accident
447. released ez RR Ce V Headlight Leveling Ke 0 The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment change the angle of the headlights The headlight leveling switch adjusts this angle Select the proper setting from the following chart Front seat Rear seat 2 Second Third Load Switch Driver Passenger oral lend Position row row x SE 0 x x 0 x x x 1 x x x x 1 x x x x x 2 x x 3 x Yes No VY Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Turn and Lane Change Signals Turn Signal Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Right turn Right lane change gt 4 OFF Left lane change Left turn Green indicators on the dashboard show which signal is working Lane change signals Move the lever slightly toward the direction of the
448. rely mounted e Keep the top clean and dry e Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables e 8 32 Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Except for the limited use of the temporary spare tire use only the same type tires radial bias belted bias type on all four wheels Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your Mazda YW Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to specification charts on page 10
449. ressing the switch To increase the seat firmness press and hold the front part of the switch to the desired position then release it Press the rear part of the switch to decrease firmness 2 10 Second Row Seats AWARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Sudden braking or a collision could cause serious injury Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback V Seat Slide unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or co
450. rier bolt and make sure to tighten it until a click sound is heard A CAUTION If you hear rattling from the spare tire carrier while the vehicle is moving the spare tire carrier cable may be cut Have it repaired at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Changing a Flat Tire NOTE If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire e Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If you have a flat tire drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a busy road is dangerous A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire and never get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors 7 8
451. ring the vehicle battery to be disconnected will result in the seat position memory being erased In this case re program the seat positions Some models 2 7 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Setting the driver s seat to a pre programmed position There are two methods for setting the driver s seat to a pre programmed position For example the type A method can be used before sitting in the seat and while the driver s door is open and the type B method can be used after getting in the vehicle with the driver s door closed TYPEA When the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the driver s door is open press the programming button 1 2 or 3 for the desired seating position NOTE In the following cases the seat position set function cancels e Any of the seat adjustment switches are operated The set switch is pressed A programming button 1 2 or 3 is pressed The vehicle starts moving e Vehicle locking unlocking is done using the transmitter e Vehicle locking unlocking is done by pressing the request switch while the advanced key is being carried TYPE B When the ignition switch the ON position or the driver s door is closed press and hold the desired programming button 1 2 or 3 NOTE In the following cases the seat position set function cancels Any of the seat adjustment switches are operated The set switch is pressed e The vehicle starts moving Operation using the adva
452. rm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving Avoid fast starts e Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance schedule page 8 3 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing e Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Keep the wheels in correct alignment e Keep windows closed at high speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident e o o e Hazardous Driving V Driving on Slippery Surface A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a substitute for safe driving The ABS and RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire
453. roadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com Playable MP3 file specification Playable MP3 files are as follows Item Content MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3 Specification MPEG2 5 AUDIO LAYER3 MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3 S MPEGI 32 44 1 48kHz Sampling frequency MPEG2 16 22 05 24kHz 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 160 192 224 256 320 Bit rate kbps MPEG2 2 5 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 kbps VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Joint stereo Dual channel Monaural ID3 tag Ver 1 0 Ver 1 1 title artist name album name e This unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3 format 6 69 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e This unit corresponds to multi session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49 sessions Some data on multi session recorded discs cannot be played Playback of discs with added sessions is possible Packet Write recorded discs cannot be played This unit does not correspond to MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF style MP3 formats e The maximum number of characters available for a file name is as follows however the displayable number of characters on t
454. rol is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases Select the desired ALC mode FA D E ondio the Pee Mode Volume change Sain Sani A L Cl F F No change BAL sound to the tothe ALC LEWEL1 mmm EEEF OFF ON ALC LELEL Medium ILLM EFT oF ON ALC LEWEL S Maximum 12H 24H 1 Hr lt 4 gt z24Hr lashing Flashing The display switches to the 5 1 channel sound mode when the following conditions are met e The vehicle is Rear Entertainment System equipped e The mode is switched to RSES page 6 59 e ACD ora DVD is inserted in the Rear Entertainment System or the sound of the disc is 5 1 Dolby Digital DTS audio NOTE About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance press the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed 6 30 Turn the audio control dial to select ALC OFF or ALC LEVEL1 3 modes The selected mode will be indicated ALC OFF vw 4 ALC LEWEL 1 y ALC LEVEL 7 6 ALC LEWELS AUDIOPILOT Bose Sound System equipped model AUDIOPILOT automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality in accordance wi
455. room before changing lanes Crosswinds from passing vehicles especially larger ones and the effects of rough roads will affect handling If swaying occurs firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately but gradually Steer straight ahead If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made the combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability Backing up Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience Back slowly and have a helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident To turn the trailer place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the direction you want the trailer to go Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or prolonged turning e e e Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Ascending a hill Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine or both Descending a hill Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect AWARNING Always use lower gears to reduce speed Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could cause the brakes to overheat and lose power resulting in loss of control and a serious accident Use lower gears to help reduce speed Pull off the road and allow brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced Overheated engine The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on
456. roper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them V Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 52 Y Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possibl
457. rous The cable could be cut causing the spare tire to fall off This could result in someone being seriously injured or even killed Use a lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt and make sure to tighten it until a click sound is heard To secure the spare tire 1 Place the tire with the outer side facing upward rotate the small lever on top of the retaining plate and slide the retaining plate through the center hole of the tire Rotate the small lever into place NOTE Secure the spare tire as shown below 2 Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse order of removal In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Place the specialized temporary spare tire in the spare tire carrier correctly Placing the specialized temporary spare tire in the spare tire carrier wrong side up or using any tire other than the small temporary spare tire designed for use with this vehicle is dangerous It will result in poor attachment and insufficient ground clearance in the spare tire carrier and the danger of the tire falling off This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Always tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely tight and make sure the spare tire is locked in the highest position A loose spare tire carrier bolt is dangerous The cable could be cut causing the spare tire to fall off This could result in someone being seriously injured or even killed Use a lug wrench to tighten the car
458. rseesesersesseseesesresessees page 6 48 Operating the In Dash CD Changer s sssesssssssesssersssseseesessrseesrseesesesesseseesesresessees page 6 52 Operating the Auxiliary jack sesessesseseeseeseseesesersesseseesessesessesesstsresesstseeseseeseesesees page 6 56 Error Indications a a a a ae EE aA ari page 6 57 6 27 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls Power Volume dial Power ON OFF Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 28 3 DISC FOLDER Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated Standard audio AEE SORES equipped model BAES Vv TREB Vv FADE Vv BAL Vv BEEP OH Vv ILLM Eer Ob 1 2 12Hr 4 24H Bose Sound aa System equipped Genter PT OFF model BASS S AURIS S i TREG a FADE Vv M BAL VY BEEP ON
459. rseesesrssrssesee 4 6 Hazardous Driving oriire iois eo E 4 7 FIGOr Mat ereenn e E E BA Ae ee ES 4 9 Rocking the Vehicle eee aeaaaee a a aaae aa tipas 4 9 Winter Driving saeco See ah a as e 4 10 Driving In Flooded Area ccececceeceesceeseeteceseeseeesenseeseenseenes 4 11 Overloading enrere E asnths eiee eer a Stee 4 12 Driving on Uneven Road ccceccesesseesececeeteceeeeseeeeeeseeneeesees 4 13 TOWING ic ccssicesvessetossenedssassevsesasevecheonaseaus sensi TTT 4 14 Trailer Towing Except Mexico cccesceeseetseeseeeeeseeeeseeesees 4 14 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Regular unleaded fuel 87 R M 2 method or above 91 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage A CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fue
460. rward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure 8 34 Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side A CAUTION Limited Slip Differential system don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size gt Tires of different sizes or types at the same time gt Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction Replacing a Tire AWARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE With
461. ry fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries V Battery Maintenance To get the best service from a battery e Keep it secu
462. s To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an SRS AIRBAG marking on the window pillars along the roof edge A WARNING Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front facing child restraint system on it is unavoidable As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so because your vehicle has side air bags a front facing child restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the seat as far back as possible because the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child 2 42 Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or ag
463. s detected the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate moves in the reverse direction NOTE If the system repeatedly detects an object obstructing the power liftgate in the open close direction several times the beep sound will be heard and the system changes to manual operation 3 35 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Power liftgate drop prevention mechanism The power liftgate drop prevention mechanism activates if the system detects weight such as that caused by a snow laden liftgate when it is opened electrically After the liftgate is fully opened the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate closes automatically NOTE e If the power liftgate is snow laden remove the snow before operating the liftgate Trying to force the power liftgate closed manually immediately after it has fully opened automatically may activate the liftgate drop prevention mechanism However this does not indicate a malfunction Liftgate easy closure The Easy Closure system automatically closes the liftgate completely from the near shut position This system also operates when the liftgate is closed manually A WARNING When closing a liftgate always keep hands and fingers away from the liftgate Placing hands or fingers around a liftgate is dangerous because the liftgate closes automatically from the near shut position which could cause hands and fingers to be pinched and injured 3 36 NOTE e If the liftg
464. s door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Wiper Blades A CAUTION gt Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades don t use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand NOTE To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades when raising both the driver and passenger side wiper arms raise the driver side wiper arm first Conversely when setting down the wiper arms set the passenger side wiper arm down first 1 Raise the wiper arm 8
465. s are driver error excessive speed and improper trailer loading Before driving e Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Before starting out inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle to trailer connections Stop and re inspect all lights and connections after driving a short distance Driving Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow so practice turning backing and stopping in a traffic free area Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance increases with a trailer For each 16 km h 10 mph of speed allow at least one vehicle and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration Avoid sudden braking It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing especially so on wet or slippery roads Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when heavily loaded The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting Lane changes and turning Avoid quick lane changes sudden turns and tight turns Slow down before turning to avoid the need of sudden braking A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle Compensate with turns that are larger than normal Passing Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles and provide plenty of
466. s chest may recommend against using automatic locking mode 1 When installing the child restraint system on the second row seat make sure that the center rear seat belt is routed through the seat belt guide 2 Ifthe seat in which you install a child restraint system has a seat slide function slide the seat as far back as possible 3 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 4 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode be
467. s could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Vv Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly V Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Y7 This warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure If the light illuminates while driving 1 Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way on level ground 2 Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 3 Inspect the engine oil level page 8 20 If it s low add the appropriate amount of engine oil while being careful not to overfill 4 Start the engine and check the warning light If the light remains illuminated even after you add oil stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer CA
468. s inserted upside down does not disappear consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error indication does not disappear consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 57 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Control Switch Operation Steering Wheel When the audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable e When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off e When the CD being played is ejected and the audio unit is turned off Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Mute switch Mode switch Volume switch Seek switch 6 58 With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Use the talk button pick up button and hang up button for navigation system sound operation For details refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM Pick up button 7 NOTE The talk button pick up button and hang up button are operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority Y Adjusting the Volume To increase the vo
469. s of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Front occupants could be seriously injured Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle s accident detections system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not overload your vehicle Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as is could
470. s or wiring or use electronic testing devices on the pretensioner system Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner system Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner equipped vehicle NOTE e The pretensioner system will activate in a moderate or severe frontal near frontal collision or roll over accident The pretensioner system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat It will not activate in most side or rear impacts Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as possible 2 26 V Air Bag Fro
471. sable A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire and or water gt Never deform or crush Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter 3 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter 3 25 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Align the key with the transmitter as shown in the figure and insert the key until a click sound is heard A CAUTION Insert the key into the transmitter securely until a click sound is heard I
472. se traction A WARNING Do not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident A CAUTION Do not rely on the TCS to maintain constant control of the vehicle under severe or maximum handling conditions If the TCS operates frequently due to severe driving conditions the TCS may stop operating to protect the brakes from overheating After the brakes have cooled down the TCS resumes normal operation Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lu
473. secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 9 20 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Type Approval of Equipment Keyless entry system Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK05 615 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 01 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK05 617 9 21 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance Y T
474. senger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg 66 Ibs and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg 93 Ibs A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them gt Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following gt Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the front passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible page 2 43 2 66 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front pa
475. set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 8 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V System Error Activation When the TPMS warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases e When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressure sensors e When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit e A digit
476. sition the system confirms that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle the KEY indicator light green illuminates and the start knob can be turned to the ACC position page 3 9 When flashing When the advanced key battery power is low the KEY indicator light flashes for 30 seconds after the start knob is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable page 3 6 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change Function Customization page 3 19 V Security Indicator Light ep This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the ACC position and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 55 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things e The high beam headlights are
477. sition for manual operation or remove the ice dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto wiper operation 5 67 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Y Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s normal consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 68 Rear Window Wiper and DENI The ignition switch must be in the ON position V Rear Window Wiper Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper washer switch ON Normal INT Intermittent V Rear Window Washer To spray washer fluid turn the rear wiper washer switch to the amp position After the switch is released the washer will stop If the washer doesn t work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s OK and the washer still doesn t work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster clears frost fog and thin ice from the rear window The ignition switch must be in the ON position Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster The rear window defroster operates for about 15 minutes and turns off automatically The indicator light illuminates during operation The defroster operation can be confirmed by the indicator in the display To t
478. spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous Ina collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 2 59 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal A severe side A roll over near 503 a oe A rear collision collision collision roll over AI SES EL PGES SRS equipment Front seat belt X both sides X both sides pretensioner Driver air x No air bag and front bag seat belt Front pretensioner will be passenger air X activated in a rear bag collision Side air bag X impact side only agi am X impact side only X both sides X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition
479. splay the remaining part of the title one character at a time each time the display feed dial is rotated one increment counterclockwise Interior Comfort Audio System Channel number display e When the display button is pressed while in info display mode the mode changes to the channel number display mode Channel name display e When the display button is pressed while in channel number display mode it changes to channel name display mode e There are short 8 fixed characters and long names for the channel name e The long name is displayed first and 3 seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed e Ifthere are more than 8 characters in the channel name it is possible to display the remaining part of the channel name one character at a time each time the display feed dial is rotated one increment clockwise e While the short name is displayed turning the display feed dial switches the display to the long name e Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears e If there is no channel name No TITLE is displayed Category name display e When the display button is pressed while in channel name display mode it changes to the category name display mode e There are short 8 fixed characters and long names for the category name
480. ssenger seat changes e If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat install the child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Y Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 67 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Monitoring and Maintenance Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light Front seat belt pretensioners Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Related wiring Driver seat slide position sensor Front passenger seat weight sensors eeeeeeeeeee The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is being driven Y Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e The air bag system warning light flashes e The air bag system warning light remains illuminate
481. sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for replacement of the cabin air filter V Sunlight Temperature Sensor The fully automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures and the intensity of direct sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Sunlight sensor aS Interior temperature sensor Interior Comfort Climate Control System 6 3 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation Front V Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob Opening closing vents The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled 6 4 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents pa H o 6 5 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Fully Automatic Type Climate control information is displayed on the information display Information display Air intake display a ae eee ee DISC IN RPT RDM AUTO aa re 15 my 9 7G ES we III Airflow display Mode selector d
482. sulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup Interior Comfort Audio System Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver ON When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 1 Station 2 88 1 MHz 88 3 MHz A amp 8 AB LS 6 19 Interior Comfort Audio System Y Operating Tips for CD Player In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed e Do not spill a
483. system Method 1 Press the pick up button Method 2 1 Press the talk button Short press 2 Say Beep Telephone or Phone The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System NOTE With the navigation system When the talk button is pressed with a long press the hands free system is activated without having to speak Telephone or Phone For vehicles with a navigation system the navigation system is activated by speaking the voice recognition command of the navigation system after pressing the talk button Short press For voice recognition details with the navigation system refer to the separate NAVIGATION SYSTEM MANUAL Tutorial The tutorial explains how to use Bluetooth Hands Free To activate the tutorial do the following 1 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 2 Say Beep Tutorial 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Cancel The Bluetooth Hands Free system transitions to idling status if the following operation is performed while the system is activating Press the hang up button or the talk button Long press 6 119 Inter
484. t We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the ROOM circuit A CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Turn off the ignition switch and all other switches 2 Remove the fuse block cover or the relay box cover 8 45 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Relay box 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating Normal A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 8 46 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment DESCRIPTION eae G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 MAIN 150A For protection of all circuits 2 ENGINE 20A Transaxle control system 3 R HEATER 40A Heater 4 P SEAT
485. t clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Advanced key equipped vehicle Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Center Console To open push the button V Armrest Box To open pull the release catch as ee V Cargo Securing Loops A WARNING Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Some models 6 147 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Use the loops in the luggage compartment to secure cargo with a rope or net The tensile strength of the loops is 196 N 20 kgf 44 lbf Do not apply excessive force to the di as it will SSO them pg Vv Cargo Sub Compartment Center cargo sub compartment 1 Lift the trunk board 6 148 2 Secure the trunk board using the straps on the third row seatbacks Side cargo sub compartment Pull the compartment s strap to open the cover Shopping Bag Hook The shopping bag hook can be used for hanging shopping bags A CAUTION Do not hang excessive weight on the shopping bag hook as it could be damaged Shopping bag hook tensile strength 3 kg 6 6 Ib V Luggage Compartment Golf bags can be carried in the luggage compartment To carry two golf bags use the following procedure 1 Put one golf bag in the luggage compartment with its top
486. t radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another device is being programmed 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 2 Activate Bluetooth Hands Free page 6 118 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Without the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode or select phone With the navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 7 Say Beep Pair 8 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 9 Say Beep XXXX Speak an arbitrary 4 digit pairing code This can be any combination of 4 numbers NOTE Record the code as it will be used to program your device in Step 16 10 Prompt Pairing code XXXX 4 digit number Is this correct 11 Say Beep Yes or No 12 If Yes go to Step 13 If No the procedure returns to Step 8 13 Prompt Start pairing procedure on the device See the device manual for instructions 14 Using the device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device
487. t all children in the rear seats if you must use the front passenger seat for a child slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child restraint system is secured properly 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems AWARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use
488. t cluster illumination can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in any position Canceling the illumination dimmer Black out meter and dashboard illuminations When the headlight switch is in the z002 or O position the illumination of the instrument cluster and the information display dims When driving on snowy or foggy roads or in other situations when the instrument cluster or information display s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity 5 41 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators To cancel the illumination dimmer press the dashboard illumination knob NOTE If the dashboard illumination knob is kept at the illumination dimmer cancel position the instrument cluster and the information display will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to the 3002 or D position again 5 42 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights O vies AW l x1000r min ooo S028 Ji z 1 I J D J O g a 2 Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 45 BRAKE Charging System Warning Light 5 47 ey fl Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5 47 Check Engine Light Powertrain Ma
489. t passenger seat The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate e The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ibs The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy 2 63 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision If the front passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position For a specified of time it goes out The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and Front Ree ee pent fi E E ATS 4
490. t will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat If you sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be used accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender discard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in 2 31 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest
491. te cy 2 17 Seat Belt Systems sssssssessssssssescessossossesossrsseresscssosoeossrssssesosvovseveeses 2 19 Seat Belt Precautions ensinei aare 2 19 3 Point Type Seat Belt ccc eccceeeeseseceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeteenseees 2 23 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 25 Center Rear Position Seat Belt Second Row Seats 2 27 Seat Belt Extender i ees nren irere Aleka eee 2 31 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep cceceeseeseeeseeeeseeeseeteeneeees 2 32 Child Restraint cccccsiccccsaserccacesssocessssensscessecatencsnessessssvssesasesesasesetsoe 2 34 Child Restraint Precautions 20 0 eseceeeeeeeeteeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeees 2 34 Installing Child Restraint Systems ccecceeseeseeeeeteeseeeeees 2 38 LATCH Child Restraint Systems 0 cescesseeseeseeeeeeteeeeeeeees 2 45 SRS Air Bag seisisscccscsvssccescecnssssesscsessudsassevnesnssesvaceowasnsaccesoscesoceess 2 50 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 2 50 Supplemental Restraint System Components cc0e 2 55 How the SRS Air Bags Work cccccesceeseeseeeeeeeeeereeseeneeesees 2 56 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria 0 0 0 0 cccceeeeseeseeteeteeeeeees 2 60 Limitations to SRS Air Bag cccceceeceeseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeenees 2 61 Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification Syste Mee iere ae E street th ERSS 2 63 Monitoring and Maintenance cccccesceesceseeeeeeseeeeeeseeneeenees 2 68 Some mo
492. terval indicated in the scheduled maintenance page 8 3 If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Brake Fluid V Inspecting Brake Fluid Level Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept at MAX The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake linings If it is excessively low have the brake system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Adding Brake Fluid A WARNING Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine Spilled brake fluid is dangerous If it gets in your eyes they could be seriously injured If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire If the brake fluid level is low have the brakes inspected Low brake fluid levels are dangerous Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak Your brakes could fail and cause an accident If the fluid level is low add fluid until it reaches MAX Before adding fluid thoroughly clean the area around the cap A CAUTION gt Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake fluid does get on a painted surface wash it off with water immediately gt Using nonspecified brake fluids page 10 4 will damage the system Mixing different fluids w
493. th a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Discharged battery Jumper cables Booster battery 7 17 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Nn Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded If the booster battery is in another vehicle don t allow both vehicles to touch Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1
494. th the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AUDIOPILOT is turned ON the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise AUDIOPILOT is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Centerpoint Bose Sound System equipped model Centerpoint offers you the experience of 5 1 channel surround sound in your vehicle even with your conventional 2 channel stereo DVDs inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit or 2 channel stereo CDs The true surround sound effect of Centerpoint can be adjusted to any one of five level between minimum and maximum enhancement Indication Enhance level CenterPT OFF off Minimum CenterPT MIN CenterPT LOW Low CenterPT MID Medium CenterPT HI High Maximum Center PT MAX Interior Comfort Audio System Turn the audio control dial to select CenterPT MIN MAX mode The selected mode will be indicated CenterPT OFF CenterPT MIN Center PT LOW Center PT MID CenterPT HI CenterPT MAX NOTE Centerpoint operates optimally with a 2 channel stereo CD MP3 audio files can be played however MP3 audio files encoded with high compression may result in poor sound quality Centerpoint is available for 2 channel stereo audio except f
495. the airflow mode air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled AUTO 2 Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature Press the DUAL switch or turn the front passenger temperature control dial to control the set temperature individually for the driver and front passenger To turn off the system press the OFF switch 6 10 NOTE e Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging HY FRONT Press the windshield defroster switch In this position the amp position is automatically selected and the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows page 6 5 Airflow amount will be increased A WARNING Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when defogging SV position Using the position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE e Press the windshield defroster switch to change the mode to the intercon
496. the driver that the advanced key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens the doors and the liftgate lock but the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily suspended Perform the following procedure to restore the functions of the advanced key page 3 16 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Setting Change Function Customization The following function settings are possible These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Setting Function At Initial Setting Eo Rone ae Change Advanced key battery KEY indicator light green flashes to indicate dead indicator that the advanced key battery power is low Activated Denes Lock unlock operation A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors or confirmation beep the liftgate have been locked unlocked Activated Deactivated sound When all doors and the liftgate are closed and the advanced key is being carried and out of operational range all the doors and the liftgate Autolock function automatically lock after 3 seconds Deactivated Activated Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 30 seconds 1 When the autolock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting 2 When the autolock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close them bef
497. the low fuel warning light illuminates The display won t change unless you add more than approximately 20 L 5 3 gal of fuel 6 143 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Average vehicle speed mode This mode displays the average vehicle speed by calculating the distance and the time traveled since connecting the battery or resetting the data Average vehicle speed will be calculated and displayed every 10 seconds When this mode is selected AV will be displayed U S A AV mile h am A ag an am L pa CANADA AV km h ert CLS To clear the data being displayed press the INFO switch for more than 1 5 second After pressing the INFO switch km h mile h will be displayed for about minute before the vehicle speed is recalculated and displayed 6 144 Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit and injured or objects could be thrown around the vehicle causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans CAUTION To reduce the possib
498. the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 21 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections e Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 26 e Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P and block the rear wheels e Y Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident 4 10 A CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 31 VY Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION gt Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit wh
499. the side air bag in a moderate right side collision Whenever possible always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seats with an appropriate child restraint system for the child s age and size Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing ha
500. the signal surface of a disc is touched it could cause the sound to skip Pick up a disc by grasping the edge of the hole and the outer edge NOTE When no disc is inserted No Disc is displayed on the monitor No Disc DISE Inserting the disc Insert the disc into the disc slot with the label side up Disc slot A CAUTION Insert the disc with its label side decorated side facing upward If the disc is inserted upside down it may cause a malfunction NOTE If a disc is inserted while the Rear Entertainment System is turned off but the display is open and when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the system automatically turns on and starts playback Ejecting the disc Press the eject button to eject the disc Eject button Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE When the eject button is pressed the disc is ejected halfway e A disc can be ejected with the Rear Entertainment System turned off V Picture Adjustment The brightness BRIGHT color adjustment TINT color density COLOR and contrast CONTRAST of the screen can be adjusted Press the picture adjust button PICTURE on the remote controller to change to the picture adjustment mode The picture mode changes in the order of BRIGHT TINT gt COLOR CONTRAST OFF each time the button is pressed in this mode Press the picture adjust button A or V positioned to top bottom of the pictu
501. ti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative VY Windshield Wipers Type A With INT position MIST Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down INT Intermittent LO Low speed HI High speed For a single wiping cycle press the lever up to MIST MIST Mist Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Variable speed intermittent wipers Set the lever to INT and choose the interval timing by rotating the ring INT ring
502. tification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 26 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a sp
503. time and loosen then pull it out again slowly 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Automatic Locking Mode Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it See the section on child restraint page 2 34 2 22 3 Point Type Seat Belt NOTE When using the center rear seat belt refer to Center Rear Position Seat Belt page 2 27 V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt Seat belt tongue 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound Seat belt buckle Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body gt Take up slack Keep low on hip bone
504. tion 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 50km 25 30 miles i 6 18 Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception mm onosphereY FM wave AM wave po EN o oO 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly re
505. tion Deactivation To activate the system press up on the ON OFF switch The cruise main indicator light illuminates To deactivate the system press down on the ON OFF switch The cruise main indicator light turns off A WARNING Keep the ON OFF switch off when cruise control is not in use Leaving the ON OFF switch on when not using the cruise control is dangerous as you may hit one of the other buttons and put the vehicle in cruise control unexpectedly This could result in loss of vehicle control Y To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by momentarily pressing up the ON OFF switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 19 mph 5 19 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 Immediately release the cruise control SET SET switch by pressing it up or down when the vehicle reaches the desired speed Release the accelerator pedal simultaneously ON Se OFF SET Cruise control switch NOTE e Release the cruise control switch at the desired speed otherwise the speed will continue increasing while the switch is pulled up and continue decreasing while it is pulled down except when the accelerator pedal is depressed The SET function cannot be activated until about 2 seconds after the ON OFF switch has been engaged Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending e Cruise contr
506. tion is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps Y STEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager VSTEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 7 V STEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identi
507. tly The power outlet AC115V cannot be used in the following cases Battery power is weak e Appliances with a capacity of 100 Wor more are used e Cabin temperature is extremely hot Noise may occur during radio or television operation depending on the electrical appliance being used V Using AV Equipment A CAUTION For safe driving adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard NOTE Before operating read the instruction manual accompanying the AV equipment to be used 6 103 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 2 Ifa power supply is necessary connect the outlet to the power outlet Refer to Power outlet on page 6 101 3 Connect the image cable and sound cables to the input terminals Accessory socket DC12 V 10 A Plug Auxiliary CC AV terminals equipment Red m al White o ma o Yellow t mmp e Sound cable Right Image cable Sound cable Left NOTE For monaural equipment with one sound output terminal connect the terminal to either of the sound input terminals Red and White The sound is output from the speaker to which the terminal has been connected e Noise may occur depending on the connected equipment 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 6
508. to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 16 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one wi
509. tton A Higher e Picture adjust button V Lower CONTRAST N Y Screen Size Setting The size of the screen can be changed Press the DISPLAY MODE button to set the desired screen size The screen size changes in the order of Full Normal Wide Cinema each time the button is pressed Full screen Image is displayed on the full screen A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure Normal screen A 4 3 screen ratio image is the standard display and black bands appear on each side of the screen A 16 9 screen ratio image is scaled to a 4 3 screen ratio Wide screen The center part of the image is compressed toward the center and the surrounding area is enlarged toward the edge A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Cinema screen The image is enlarged upward and downward A 4 3 and 16 9 screen ratio image are displayed with the upper lower part of the image cut off NOTE Because images are enlarged lengthwise for display a horizontal streak may be seen however it does not indicate a malfunction A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure NOTE The display varies depending on the style of the image recorded on the disc Refer to the following table and set the screen size Image style Recommendation 4 3 Normal or wide screen 16 9 Full screen Letter box Full or cinem
510. turn the key to the center position then turn it counterclockwise again NOTE The window and the moonroof opening operation also can be stopped by turning the key clockwise However the doors and the liftgate will lock Closing The windows and the moonroof can be closed in case they are left open after getting out of the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE With advanced key If the auto lock function page 3 8 has been activated the doors and the liftgate automatically lock as you walk away from the vehicle however the power windows and the moonroof cannot be closed When leaving the vehicle close the windows and the moonroof using the power window switch or the tilt or slide switch inside the vehicle the key or a request switch on the front door handles With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder 2 Rotate the key clockwise and hold until the windows and the moonroof are completely open After the doors and the liftgate are locked the windows and the moonroof close as long as the key is turned With request switch on the driver s door Advanced key 1 If the doors and the liftgate are locked unlock them 3 43 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Press and hold the request switch on the driver s door After the doors and the liftgate are locked the windows and the moonroof close as long as the request switch is pressed To stop the windows
511. ty Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Response profile e HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 5 e DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 With the navigation system e PBAP Phone Book Access Profile Ver 1 0 e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE e If the ignition switch is turned off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the device Mobile phone automatically e Ifthe device Mobile phone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the device Mobile phone V Component Parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following parts e Talk button e Pick up button e Hang up button e Information display e Microphone e Audio unit Navigation system Talk button Pick Up button and Hang Up button Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used such as making calls or hanging up using the talk button pick up button and hang up button on the steering wheel Pick up button 7 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Talk button operations A short press or a long press of the talk button is used depen
512. uit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the Programming procedures regardless of where you live replace Programming HomeLink step 3 with the following NOTE If programming a garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible overheating 5 73 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release every two seconds cycle your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has successfully been accepted by HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly Proceed with Programming step 4 to complete Vv Operating the HomeLink System Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device The code will continue being transmitted for a maximum of 20 seconds V Reprogramming the HomeLink system To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without rele
513. undings and vehicle conditions e Significantly cold or hot temperatures e Sudden changes in ambient temperature e The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds e Press the OUTSIDE switch a few seconds or more to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa e Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditioner 6 141 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Climate Control Display The climate control system status is displayed To operate the climate control system refer to Climate Control System page 6 2 Vv Audio Display The audio system status is displayed To operate the audio system refer to Audio System page 6 17 gt Vv Trip Computer The trip computer can display the following e The current fuel economy e The average fuel economy e The approximate distance you can travel on the available fuel e The average vehicle speed Switch the ignition ON Press the INFO switch to change the display mode NOTE When the time is being displayed press the INFO switch to change the display to the trip computer If you have any problems with your trip computer consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Current fuel economy mode This mode displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled Current fuel economy will be c
514. ure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 15 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible Y When Refueling e Brake fluid level page 8 23 e Engine coolant level page 8 21 e Engine oil level page 8 20 e Washer fluid level page 8 26 Vv At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 33 V At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and Fall e Automatic transaxle fluid level page 8 24 e Power steering fluid level page 8 24 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you
515. urn off the rear window defroster before the 15 minutes has elapsed press the switch again Gy REAR Indicator light Tra Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defroster grid inside the window Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE This defroster is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defroster V Mirror Defroster To turn on the mirror defrosters turn the ignition switch to the ON position and press the rear window defroster switch page 5 69 Some models 5 69 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Hazard Warning Flasher To sound the horn press the mark on The hazard warning lights should always the steering wheel be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation o
516. ut balance adjustment Video CD Repeat random playback Video CD DVD audio and audio CD DVD video function menu E jeu Sl gt T 001_ 001 00 03 03 gt Nl Ue age Ve Zaina af A LL AN 2 H 01 Ja OFF 1 Ja DOD a DVD audio function menu 6 G 001 T 001 00 01 03 1 gt al e amp 1 LPM a Video CD audio CD function menu T 001 300 03 03 J LR ALL DP NOTE e In the function menu the title group number chapter track number and playback elapsed time cannot be selected changed e Settings set in the function menu are available only for the current disc Settings set in the initial setting function menu are available for the Rear Entertainment System unit itself so that the settings remain after the disc is changed Refer to Initial setting function on page 6 96 Displaying the function menu Press the DISPLAY button while in playback to display the function menu on the monitor screen Press the DISPLAY button again to cancel Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE For audio CD the function menu is automatically displayed when playback is started Language sound and subtitles selection DVD video and DVD audio Sound and subtitles can be changed to the desired language NOTE Available languages varies depending on the DVD disc 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor and select the
517. utton to set Country change NOTE It is necessary to set the country code because the parent lock level is different depending on the country When using the unit in U S A set the country code to 3018 The parent lock function is disabled without the country code setting page 6 107 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password B k k x Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the password change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 3 Enter the country code by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit country code H k k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 4 Press the ENTER button to set the country of the entered country code Changing the password 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password H k k x Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the password change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password
518. ve become wet by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected 5 5 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always put the key or start knob to LOCK position set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P It is important to place the key or start knob in the LOCK position even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without putting the ignition switch in LOCK position setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 10 regarding parking brake use Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal then depress the parking brake pedal fully Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal then depress the parking brake pedal until it releases Gradu
519. ve with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Ge D Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 3 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat By moving the seat lever up or down the driver s seat bottom height can be adjusted 2 4 Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat To increase the seat firmness pull the lever forward Push the lever backward to decrease firmness Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front
520. vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle CAUTION gt For the purposes of safe driving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and particularly emergency vehicle sirens gt Do not install non genuine speakers since their vibration may affect the DSC RSC sensors NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running e Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged Some models 6 17 Interior Comfort Audio System Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Tonosphere Station 1 Sta
521. vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Spare Tire and Tool Storage Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram Spare tire carrier bolt socket Flat tire belt Tiedown eyelet Jack lever Jack Lug wrench In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire VW Jack To remove the jack 1 Open the cargo sub compartment 2 Remove the cover 3 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Wing bolt Jack screw To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing right and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure Wing bolt Jack screw 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Vv Spare Tire Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a con
522. ventional tire and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods Temporary spare tires should NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods A WARNING Do not install the temporary spare tire in place of the front wheels driving wheels Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the front driving wheels is dangerous Especially on ice or snow Handling will be affected You could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident Move a regular tire to the front wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the rear A CAUTION gt When using the temporary spare tire driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventional tire Drive carefully gt To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle observe the following precautions gt Do not exceed 80 km h 50 mph gt Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not drive through an automatic car wash This tire s diameter is smaller than a conventional tire so the ground clearance is reduced about 25 mm 1 in gt Do not use a tire chain on this tire because it will not fit properly gt Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle it has been designed only for your Mazda gt Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is n
523. viced as shown in Scheduled Maintenance page 8 3 4 21 4 22 Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving sscscssssscsscssssssssssssssetssssessssssessssees Ignition Switch eran o E A eects hoes Starting the Engine 0 cc ce cccceceeseesceeceeseceeeneeeseeaeeeeeeseeeeeeseeneens Brake System mein a heii het en oe aed Mees Automatic Transaxle Controls ccccesceeseesseeseeeeeseeseeneeenees Power Steering meniran a nib ease eee SS All Wheel Drive AWD Operation s src CPUS COMET ON neo ein E E A EEA E EAEE Traction Control System TCS s sssessesessseseesssessessessssesessrssese Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSG ss ksdesvertetciatis cere ce sei a AEE NE EA Tire Pressure Monitoring System sssi Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System ccccsccssseseeses Instrument Cluster and Indicators sssssccssssssessseeseesese 5 38 Meters and Gauges ccccscccscessesceeeeseeeseeeseesecesenseseeeeseeneeneees 5 38 Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds scssesseeees 5 43 Warning Indicator Lights c ccccessesseeeseeseeeeeeseeereeseeseeenees 5 43 Beep Sounds seese e a E EER 5 58 Switches and Controls e sessosssossossoesossocesoeseoesoesossoseeoesossoseosseee 5 60 Lighting Control hoere aaaeeeaa a E a AAEE 5 60 Turn and Lane Change Signals ccceecessesseeteeeseeteeseeeeees 5 63
524. ving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eoeeeeeee Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R R JRYIRI R I RI RIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R R IRI R IRIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant eae i 60 000 kmor3 jen piles Others R R R FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses T ie I Hoses and tubes for emission 1 i I Fuel filter R R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I
525. ving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped Some models 6 61 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for the product being connected e Use acommercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary Jack read the manufacture s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling e Noise may occur depending on the product connected to the auxiliary jack e With regard to connecting a portable audio or similar device to a power source use the battery for the device not the accessory socket A WARNING Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident A CAUTION gt Do not place objects or apply force to the auxiliary jack with the plug connected gt
526. ward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children Always use seat belts and child restraints 2 36 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint syste
527. window and the auto moonroof function only when you can see the vehicle and it is in a secure area Do not let children play with your keys If they open the window and moonroof without your knowing the open windows and moonroof are an even bigger invitation to a thief than leaving the doors unlocked The windows and moonroof can be opened for ventilating the cabin before getting in the vehicle 3 42 With unlock button Keyless entry system Press the unlock button on the transmitter once then press again within 1 5 seconds and hold After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the two front windows and the moonroof open while the unlock button is pressed To stop the windows and the moonroof while opening release the button If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows and the moonroof open Advanced key Panic button Lock button Unlock button Liftgate button Retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Panic button NOTE The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially The lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder 2 Rotate the key counterclockwise and hold until the windows and the moonroof are completely open After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the windows fully open automatically To stop this operation
528. wing on the microphone e There is noise coming from cargo loaded in the vehicle e Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice at a natural pace as if speaking to another person 6 118 e Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands Please be aware that the voice recognition may error despite following the above points Vv Function Restrictions While Using Bluetooth Hands Free Functions are limited as follows while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used e Beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio unit and navigation system are not heard Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard e The navigation system s voice recognition command does not function YW How to Use This Section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker A beep sound Beep is output from the speaker Speak after the beep sound is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number Bluetooth Hands Free Activation Method Without the navigation system Press the pick up button or talk button Short press With the navigation
529. witch to the ON position 2 Press the tilt switch to partially tilt open the rear of the moonroof NOTE If the re set procedure is performed while the moonroof is in the slide position partially open it closes before the rear tilts opens 3 Repeat the procedure in Step 2 The rear of the moonroof tilts open to the fully open position then closes a little 3 48 Y Engine off Moonroof Operation The moonroof can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed If any door is opened the moonroof will be inoperable V Opening Closing the Moonroof from Outside The moonroof can be opened or closed from outside the vehicle after the doors and the liftgate are closed Refer to Opening Closing the Power Windows and the Moonroof from the Outside on page 3 41 VW Jam safe Moonroof If a person s hands head or an object blocks the moonroof during closing operation the moonroof will stop and open halfway A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the moonroof just before it reaches the fully closed position Blocking the moonroof just before it reaches the closed position is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the moonroof from stopping If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur NOTE e Depending on driving conditions a closing moonroof could stop and start opening when the moonroof fee
530. y 1 Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise To install the nut 1 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the key apply pressure and turn it clockwise V Mounting the Spare Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the spare tire In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dan
531. y prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Overhead light Map lights Front lt P al D Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Overhead light Center Rear 8 43 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Vanity mirror lights Pa rey or _ re a 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 44 Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing fuses located behind the glove compartment If an electrical system is inoperative inspect the fuses located behind the glove compartment 1 Turn off the ignition switch and other switches 2 Open the glove compartment 3 Remove the cover 4 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the fuse block located in the engine compartment SS CKS Cus a IX 5 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install i
532. ys 0 to 9 while the disc is being played 2 Press the ENTER button to start the playback from the selected chapter track Example when selecting chapter track number 10 1 Press the number key 1 2 Press the number key 0 3 Press the ENTER button NOTE e Ifa chapter track number not in the disc is input the last chapter track is played Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for chapter track numbers Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Skipping to desired title group The playback can be started from the desired title group by entering the title group number 1 Enter the title group number using the number keys 0 to 9 while the playback is stopped 2 Press the ENTER button to start the playback from the selected title Example When selecting title number a 1 Press the number key 2 2 Press the ENTER button NOTE e Ifa title group number not in the disc is input the last title group is played e Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for the title group numbers Bonus group playback 1 Press the number button 0 while a disc is not being played If the disc has a bonus group the display shows as follows Bonus Group 6 89 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Press the ENTER button to change the display to the password input screen then enter the password For the password see the instruction manual attached to th

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

第8回国語分科会敬語小委員会元議事録 (案) `  Kit de caméras de surveillance avec enregistreur et 2  Sistemas Especialistas Como Ferramenta Auxiliar para o Ensino da  FHK61-230V  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file